3 day tour in edinburgh

Edinburgh Castle viewed from Salisbury Crags

© VisitScotland / Kenny Lam

Edinburgh in 3 Days - 72-Hour Itinerary

So, you've got three days in Edinburgh, you lucky thing. Much of the city centre is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and there’s no shortage of brilliant museums, dramatic vistas, fascinating historical attractions, and stunning architecture to soak in.

Make the most your short stay in this enchanting city with our Edinburgh travel itinerary

• Distance 7 Miles 11 km
• Transport Walking
• Main theme Sightseeing

Day 1 The Old Town: The Royal Mile, Canongate and Holyrood

Edinburgh's Old Town lives and breathes history. It's a warren of cobbled streets, winding wynds, long lanes, and dark alleys - it's easy to feel like you've stepped out of a time machine! Spend today discovering historic places and iconic sites and soak up the bustling Old Town atmosphere.

Edinburgh Castle Edinburgh - City Centre

Edinburgh Castle in the sunshine

Time your visit just right so you're there to witness the firing of the famous One o'Clock Gun. 

Just walking up the esplanade on approach, you know you're about to step into one of Scotland's most special historic buildings. Take in the views across the city and learn about the dramatic events which have played out between these ancient walls as you explore great halls, royal chambers, monuments and dungeons. To avoid disappointment, make sure to book your tickets far in advance for guaranteed entry.

• On Public Transport Route
• Accessible Parking Or Drop-off Point
• Level Access
• Cafe or Restaurant

Palace of Holyroodhouse Edinburgh - City Centre

The Palace of Holyroodhouse

© Royal Collection Trust / © His Majesty King Charles III 2022.

In September 1745 Bonnie Prince Charlie established his court at Holyroodhouse for six weeks. This is portrayed in the Outlander novels when Claire and Jamie visit the Prince at the palace and beg him to abandon his hopeless cause.

At the bottom of the Royal Mile you'll find the Canongate and Holyrood area of the Old Town which dates back over 800 years. The Palace of Holyroodhouse is an elegant royal residence with links to monarchs from throughout the centuries situated at the foot of the Royal Mile. Today it is the official Scottish residence of His Majesty The King.

Take a tour and see Mary Queen of Scots' bedchamber and the room where her confidante, David Rizzio, was brutally murdered. If you've got time afterwards, pop into the Scottish Parliament opposite for a tour.

• Hearing Loop
• Accessible toilets

Edinburgh bus tour Edinburgh

The shore in Leith, Edinburgh

Another great way to get a feel for this exciting city is to take an open-top Edinburgh Bus Tour. Departing from Waverley Bridge, the tour is an hour in total. It's a hop-on, hop-off service which gives you the freedom to do a bit of exploring along the route. You'll pass some awesome parts of the city such as the New Town, Old Town and Grassmarket, and see Edinburgh Castle, the National Museum of Scotland, The Palace of Holyroodhouse, and much more.

Day 2 Royal connections: Leith and New Town

The next 24 hours are going to be just as awesome as the last!  In fact, we'd say that day two is a royally good day indeed. Taking in the historic Port of Leith and the handsome Georgian New Town, you'll find there are some rather wonderful sites to uncover.

The Royal Yacht Britannia Edinburgh

Exterior photograph of The Royal Yacht Britannia.

The Royal Yacht Britannia is named by many as one of the UK's best attractions. Step on board the late Queen Elizabeth II's former floating Royal residence, where you'll see the engine room, a Rolls Royce and state apartments across five decks. After the tour, take some time to explore the Shore in Leith, one of the most fashionable areas to live in Edinburgh.

The Royal Botanic Gardens Edinburgh

Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh

You might want to visit nearby Stockbridge in the elegant New Town - it's a bustling village-like area with a superb blend of independent retailers, delicatessens, charity shops, bars and restaurants.

Spend a few hours touring the Royal Botanic Garden with its wonderful glasshouses, exhibitions and a world of colourful plants and shrubs. It's located in the Inverleith part of the city and is just a mile from the city centre.

Shopping and galleries in Edinburgh Edinburgh - City Centre

St James Quarter

Head to Princes Street and George Street, the ideal destinations for some retail therapy. There's a huge range of top high street brands, or if you like designer stores, head to Multrees Walk and the new St James Quarter which also has an amazing selection of eateries.

If shopping isn't your thing, then why not head to Calton Hill to the east of Princes Street? It's home to the National Monument and offers some superb city skyline views. Or, if you're in the mood for a bit of culture, head to the Scottish National Gallery to see some masterpieces for free.

Day 3 The Old Town: The Royal Mile and Grassmarket

It's your final day in the city, and there is still plenty to pack in! Today's a day of discovery where you'll sample the national drink, experience Victorian innovations, and discover a treasure trove of artefacts.

Camera Obscura and World of Illusions Edinburgh - City Centre

Vortex Tunnel at Camera Obscura & World of Illusions, Edinburgh

© Camera Obscura & World of Illusions, Edinburgh

Stroll up the Royal Mile and pay a visit to the fascinating Camera Obscura and World of Illusions which has captivated visitors with its amazing optical illusions and panoramic views of Edinburgh for over 150 years. Step inside a darkened room and watch incredible live moving images of the city and its inhabitants projected onto a table by a giant periscope while listening to colourful tales from the past.

• Pets Welcome

Scotch Whisky Experience Edinburgh - City Centre

The stunning Diageo Claive Vidiz Whisky Collection

You can stand in the room with the world's largest collection of whisky. It's pretty impressive!

Head toward the top of the Royal Mile and join a tour at the Scotch Whisky Experience, where you can enjoy a barrel ride to learn all about the whisky-making process and identify which whiskies suit your palate. 

National Museum of Scotland Edinburgh - City Centre

The National Museum of Scotland

© VisitScotland / Peter Dibdin

Located just a short walk from the Royal Mile on Chamber’s Street, the National Museum of Scotland is full of intriguing objects and brilliant stories.

This world-class museum is the most visited attraction outside of London and is filled with incredible displays covering history, natural heritage, world cultures, design, innovation, technology and more. Best of all? It's completely free. 

Find experiences

JavaScript needs to be enabled to see this product search form. You can turn this on in your browser settings.

Other things you might like

Top 14 Things to Do in Edinburgh

Free Attractions in Edinburgh

A weekend in Edinburgh

City Breaks

Accommodation in Edinburgh

Leith: One of the World's Coolest Neighbourhoods

Join our newsletter clan.

Get Scotland inspiration direct to your inbox. Don't miss the inside track from our Scotland experts on exciting trip ideas, unique attractions and hidden gems loved by locals.

Ultimate Edinburgh 3 day itinerary – by a (former) local! [2024]

As you’ll no doubt already know, we love Edinburgh! We lived in this beautiful city for 11 years and both of our kids were born here. Over the years, friends have often asked us for suggestions of things to do and see as well as the length of trip so we thought we’d put together the perfect 3 day Edinburgh itinerary for your first visit to the city. There is simply so much to see, do, eat and drink, it can be overwhelming to decide.

So how long do you need to make the most of your visit to the Scottish capital? Much depends on your interests but we think that 3 days is an ideal length of time to get round the main sites and to get a feel for the city. Despite being the Scottish capital, Edinburgh is of a really manageable size with most places being easily reached on foot. 

Here’s a quick summary of the 3 day Edinburgh itinerary:

Day 1: OLD TOWN – Edinburgh Castle, Scotch Whisky Experience, Edinburgh Vaults Tour

Day 2: National Museum of Scotland, Grassmarket, Calton Hill, New Town

Day 3: Sightseeing bus , Royal Yacht Britannia, Royal Botanic Gardens

DAY 1 – Historic Edinburgh: The Castle + Old Town

We’ll start our visit in Edinburgh’s Old Town

Edinburgh Castle

You can’t miss Edinburgh Castle – the formidable fortress towers above the city and can be seen from most vantage points within the capital. We feel that the castle is a must-visit, even if you only walk up to the esplanade to get a close-up view of it. 

If you’re happy to splash some cash then buy some fast-track tickets with guided tour and get there early (it gets very busy during peak season and at week-ends). We suggest arriving at about 10am as you’ll need a couple of hours to get round the main sites. The highlights include the Scottish Crown Jewels (head there first to beat the queues), the Great Hall, the dungeons, the prisons of war, the national war museum, the dog cemetery and St Margaret’s chapel. Have a spot of lunch at the Red Coat Café – there are large picture windows with fantastic views across Edinburgh and towards Fife.

  Check this post for top tips on visiting Edinburgh Castle.

1pm: 1 o’clock gun

We then suggest you go watch the one o’clock gun which takes place at 1pm. We recommend getting there at about 12:45 in order to get a good view as it’s a popular event at the castle.

The Scotch Whisky Experience (50-75 mins)

You don’t have to travel very far for your next stop! Located at the top of the Royal Mile, a stone’s throw from the castle, is the Scotch Whisky Experience. This 5 star visitor attraction is a mecca for anyone that adores Scotland’s amber nectar. And even if you’re not into “the water of life”, a visit to the whisky centre is both a fun AND educational experience. All tours include a unique ride – sit inside a whisky barrel, while you are transported through the various stages of whisky production. Although it’s not just about drink, the food in the relaxed Amber restaurant is amazing too. We particularly love the Scottish tapas!

Click here to book your ticket (includes a skip-the-line pass)

Wander down the Royal Mile

As you’ll already be on the Royal Mile and we recommend simply taking your time wandering down this lively street. You’ll often find street performers entertaining the crowds. You’ll want to admire St Giles Cathedral , the place John Knox famously preached in. It’s free to go in although donations are encouraged.

Other places of interest along the Royal Mile include Mary Kings Close ( book tickets here ), the Museum of Childhood and the Museum of Edinburgh although you’ll be pushed to fit them all in. The two museums mentioned above are free so you can easily just pop in for a quick in and out visit if you fancy checking them out.

You’ll no doubt be ready for a sit down after traipsing through the town and so we suggest you refuel at the fabulous Mimi’s Bakehouse conveniently located on the Royal Mile (close the Museum of Childhood). They do very tasty coffees and cake! Alternatively, check out the historic World’s End pub located towards the bottom of the Royal Mile/High Street. They do great food and are even dog friendly.

Why not join an evening walking tour and discover more about Edinburgh’s haunted past. We recommend going on an Underground Vaults Tour . This visit lasts 1hour 30 and takes you beneath the streets of Edinburgh’s Old Town and includes a visit to the famous cemetery, Greyfriars Kirkyard. It’s rather fascinating and a little spooky!

There is SO much choice when it come to restaurants in Edinburgh.

DAY 2 – National Museum of Scotland, Grassmarket, Calton Hill & New Town

Start off at the National Museum of Scotland which is also located in the Old Town. This world-class museum is FREE and has so much to offer to all ages. Whether you’re travelling with kids or as a couple, we strongly recommend including this museum in your itinerary.

Similar Posts

25+ Quirky Ideas: Edinburgh Off The Beaten Track [2024]

Edinburgh’s Top Instagrammable Places

Ultimate 3 Day Itinerary: Edinburgh with Teenagers [2024]

30+ Top Things To Do with Kids in Edinburgh: The Complete Guide

Your Ultimate Guide to Broughton Street and beyond…

Top Things to Do in Edinburgh at Christmas [Up-to-date info for 2023]

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

3 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

How to spend 3 days in edinburgh: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You’re planning to spend 3 days in Edinburgh and you’re looking for  the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order  to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you the perfect 3-day itinerary in Edinburgh.

I will start with  my best tips to save time and avoid waiting in line in front of Edinburgh’s must-see attractions. Then, I will give you the day by day program, perfectly optimized to make the most of your stay.

In addition to  the best places to visit and activities  for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you  all my best tips  and  accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So,  what are the best places to visit in Edinburgh in 3 days? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

1. The Royal Edinburgh Ticket

3 days in edinburgh: all must-see attractions, one last tip for a perfect 3-day stay in edinburgh, a. edinburgh castle, b. the royal mile, c. holyrood palace, d. arthur’s seat, e. grassmarket and greyfriars kirkyard, a. the royal yacht britannia, b. calton hill, c. princes street, a. the national museum of scotland, b. camera obscura, c. the scotch whisky experience, d. st. giles’ cathedral, e. other activity ideas, where to stay in edinburgh, 3 days in edinburgh with family, more things to do and see in edinburgh in 3 days, map of your 3-day itinerary in edinburgh, traveling to edinburgh for 3 days: flight prices.

• You’re traveling to Scotland? These articles will help you!

How to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time!) at Edinburgh’s tourist attractions

Scotland ‘s capital, famous for its stunning gothic architecture, attracts millions of visitors each year.

And just like you, they all want to discover its gorgeous historic buildings such as Edinburgh Castle or Holyrood Palace. The city is definitely a must-visit for anyone going on a trip to Scotland!

Maybe you have been to the Colosseum in Rome , the Eiffel Tower in Paris or the Burj Khalifa in Dubai ?

If yes, you already know what it means: endless waiting lines at all the must-see attractions!

But don’t worry, there are 2 very simple solutions that will allow you to save a lot of time (and money!) during your 3-day trip to Edinburgh.

Here they are:

The first solution I recommend to save money while skipping the line is to purchase the Royal Edinburgh Ticket.

It includes access to the 3 must-see attractions you need to visit during your 3 days in Edinburgh:

• Edinburgh Castle (scheduled for day 1)
• Holyrood Palace (also for the first day) + audio guide
• The Royal Yacht Britannia + audio guide (day 2).

In addition to these 3 visits, the Royal Edinburgh Ticket allows you to use the 3 hop-on hop-off bus lines that travel throughout the city. You get unlimited bus journeys for 48 hours!

It’s really super convenient for getting from one place to another while listening to explanations about the sites you pass by.

After booking your Edinburgh Ticket (using the green button below), you’ll receive a confirmation voucher by email. You will need to redeem your Royal Edinburgh Ticket at the ticket office located on St Andrew Square (the exact address will be specified in the email).

The pass is then valid for 48 hours from first use.

As you can see, this pass is an excellent solution for visiting Edinburgh in 3 days!

You need to book your Royal Edinburgh Ticket by clicking on the button below:

2. Skip-the-Line Tickets for Tourist Attractions in Edinburgh

The second solution to save a lot of time during your trip is to purchase skip-the-line tickets for each attraction you wish to visit.

This way, you can tailor your purchases to suit your 3-day Edinburgh sightseeing itinerary.

This will also allow you to book guided tours to explore Edinburgh or themed tours such as the Harry Potter guided tour or the famous Ghosts Tours.

There are also several fun activities that you can book online for your 3-day stay in Edinburgh!

To make things easier for you, I’ve put together a list of the best priority tickets, tours, and activities.

To book them, you simply need to click on the orange links below (you’ll also find them throughout the article):

• Edinburgh Castle
• Scottish Whisky Experience
• Real Mary King’s Close
• Holyrood Palace
• Guided tour of Edinburgh
• Harry Potter themed guided tour
• Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour
• Whisky-themed evening with tastings
• Greyfriars Kirkyard guided tour
• Ghost-themed guided tour
• Camera Obscura and World of Illusions
• Royal Yacht Britannia
• Edinburgh Pub Crawl .

You can find all the available entrance tickets, guided tours, activities and day trips from Edinburgh by clicking here: Book your tickets and guided tours in Edinburgh.

If you’re planning to visit the castle, the palace, and the Royal Yacht, I really recommend you get the Royal Edinburgh Ticket as it will save you money and then you can complement it with skip-the-line tickets and guided tours.

It’s definitely the best way to make the most of your stay!

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As Edinburgh is one the most touristic city in Scotland , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in Edinburgh by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in Edinburgh.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in Edinburgh, simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

3 Days in Edinburgh: The Perfect Itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 3-day itinerary in Edinburgh!

For each day of your stay, I will give you all the details you need to organize your visits , as well as a map showing the attractions of the day.

I assume that you will be staying in Edinburgh for 3 full days and that you have purchased the Royal Edinburgh Ticket or skip-the-line tickets .

This way, you won’t waste time waiting in line to buy tickets and will be able to see as many places as possible during your 3 day stay.

If you still have any questions after reading this guide (or need help to organize your trip), you can ask me in the comments section located at the bottom of this article.

So, what are the best things to do in Edinburgh in 3 days?

Day 1 of Your Edinburgh Itinerary – The Historic Centre

Day 1 Visits:

A. Edinburgh Castle B. The Royal Mile C. The Palace of Holyroodhouse D. Arthur’s Seat E. Grassmarket and Greyfriars Kirkyard

Let’s start your 3-day itinerary in Edinburgh with Edinburgh Castle, the city’s most iconic monument.

You can get there on foot via the Royal Mile avenue or by taking the Hop-On Hop-Off bus (it’s convenient, as it’s free if you’ve bought the Royal Edinburgh Ticket!).

No matter which option you opt for, you will still need to get to the top of the hill on foot.

Once inside the castle, you can take a moment to catch your breath while admiring the stunning view of the city from the ramparts before you start exploring.

During your visit, you can see:

• The National War Museum: dedicated to the country’s military history, it showcases weapons and uniforms.
• St. Margaret’s Chapel, the oldest building in the castle
• The Mons Meg, a massive 6-ton cannon
• The National War Memorial
• The Royal Apartments: the castle, in addition to being a military fortress, served as a royal residence.
• The Scottish Crown Jewels, which include a scepter, a ceremonial sword, and a crown studded with precious stones, used during the coronation of several kings.

You absolutely need to book your tickets for the castle in advance if you don’t want to start your 3-day tour in Edinburgh with a 2-hour waiting line.

You need to buy your Edinburgh Castle priority tickets by clicking here!

If you have the Royal Edinburgh Ticket, the visit is included:

After the visit, make your way down on foot to the Royal Mile , the city’s main street that will allow you to pass through the entire Old Town of Edinburgh.

It connects the castle to the Holyrood Palace (your next stop!).

The Royal Mile is one of the most touristic areas in the city, home to traditional souvenir shops , pubs and restaurants , as well as magnificent historic buildings, including St Giles’ Cathedral.

I will tell you more about all the best activities you can do at the Royal Mile a bit later, in the section about day 3 of this itinerary. That’s when you’ll have the time to explore Edinburgh’s most famous street more in depth!

For now, head towards the end of the avenue. You’ll pass by Canongate Church and the Scottish Parliament Building before reaching your destination: Holyrood Palace.

From the castle, you can also take the hop-on hop-off bus if you don’t want to walk the Royal Mile on foot.

With the Royal Edinburgh Ticket, rides are unlimited for 48 hours , or you can also get 24-hour tickets by clicking on the button below:

A 3-day Edinburgh itinerary wouldn’t be complete without visiting the city’s second most famous castle: Holyrood Palace.

In the 16th century , Scottish monarchs decided to leave Edinburgh Castle , which they found to be too austere for their taste, and settled in what would become Holyrood Palace , still today the official residence of the Queens and kings of England when they travel to Scotland.

Holyrood was the home of Queen Mary Stuart , the most famous Queen of Scotland , whose fate has been the subject of numerous novels, films, and TV series. Thanks to the audioguide provided, you can learn more about her life.

In Holyrood Palace, you can discover:

• The State Apartments, to walk through the reception rooms, bedrooms, and dining room
• The Great Gallery, with its collection of portraits of Scottish kings
• The Throne Room, where the current English monarchs still hold their receptions
• The tower housing Mary Stuart’s apartments , which still contains many of her personal belongings
• The palace gardens, where you’ll find the ruins of Holyrood Abbey , a great photo spot!

Just like with the castle, buying a skip-the-line ticket in advance is essential for visiting the palace. You need to get yours by clicking on the button:

And don’t forget that if you have the Royal Edinburgh Ticket, entrance to Holyrood is included.

Next, you should explore Holyrood Park , located right next to the palace.

Start with the ruins of St. Anthony’s Chapel before ascending towards Arthur’s Seat . This ancient volcano, rising 251 meters above sea level , offers one of the most spectacular views of the city!

I am sure you will love the magnificent 360° panorama of Edinburgh.

It takes about 45 minutes to an hour to reach Arthur’s Seat on foot from Holyrood Palace.

To round off the first day of your 3-day trip to Edinburgh, head to Grassmarket district.

This trendy and lively area is perfect for spending the evening, with a great selection of pubs and restaurants for a drink and a meal.

Grassmarket is also known for its cemetery, Greyfriars Kirkyard , which is said to be the most haunted in the world!

To visit it, I highly recommend booking a guided tour. They take place every evening and last about 1.5 hours. Your guide, a true enthusiast, will share with you many anecdotes about the paranormal phenomena occurring there.

Plus, you’ll even get to discover Edinburgh’s haunted vaults as a bonus.

There are two time slots available , one at 6 PM and one at 8 PM, and you need to book your tour in advance by clicking on the button below.

Edinburgh is full of ghost stories !

Over the centuries, many legends have been born in the capital. And there are several great tours that will allow you to visit the city’s most eerie places while listening to ghost stories.

The one at Greyfriars Kirkyard is truly one of the best, but there are also other equally frightening alternatives led by fantastic guides. Feel free to click on the orange links below to book and get more details:

• A Ghost Bus Tour , with a slightly mad driver who will take you to several haunted sites and tell you all about the city’s dark past
• An Edinburgh Underground Guided Tour , where numerous terrible crimes took place
• A visit to the Blair Street catacombs , haunted by wandering spirits + a tour of Canongate Kirkyard.

Day 2 in Edinburgh: What to Do and See?

Today’s visits:

A. The Royal Yacht Britannia B. Calton Hill C. Princes Street

For the second day of your 3-day stay in Edinburgh, head over to Leith district , located by the sea.

You can take public transportation or the hop-on hop-off bus if you have the Royal Edinburgh Ticket, since the journeys are included. It will take around 30 minutes to get there.

It’s in Letih district that the Royal Yacht Britannia , the luxurious boat that belonged to the British royal family for over 40 years, is docked.

Now open for tours, this floating palace is one of the world’s most famous ships!

You’ll be able to walk through the royal apartments including the Queen’s bedroom , the official living areas where heads of state and dignitaries were received, the engine room , and the officers’ and crew’s quarters.

With the complimentary audio guide , you will get a fascinating glimpse into the life of the royal family.

Your ticket for the Royal Yacht Britannia is included in the Royal Edinburgh Ticket . Otherwise, you need to book in advance to avoid by using the button below:

To enter the Royal Yacht Britannia, you will need to pass by the Ocean Terminal shopping center.

After visiting the Britannia, head back into the city center by bus.

As you’ve explored a part of the old town yesterday, today you should wander around New Town , the more modern part of Edinburgh.

Start by climbing up Calton Hill at the entrance to the new town. It boasts several photogenic monuments and the summit offers a superb panoramic view of Edinburgh, the North Sea, and Arthur’s Seat.

The climb is very easy and only takes about ten minutes.

Spending 3 days in Edinburgh also gives you time to do a bit of shopping.

At the foot of Calton Hill, take a stroll down Princes Street . It’s the second busiest avenue in Edinburgh after the Royal Mile.

Here you’ll find plenty of shops: H&M, Marks and Spencer, Primark, Zara, Urban Outfitters… You will for sure find something that suits your taste.

In between stores, you should also not miss:

• The Scott Monument, an impressive 60-meter-tall structure dedicated to the memory of the writer Sir Walter Scott, the author of “Ivanhoe”. You can climb to the very top for an incredible view.
• Princes Street Gardens, a large park located at the foot of the castle hill.
• Charlotte Square, a beautiful square lined with Georgian-style houses, including the Scottish Prime Minister’s residence (Bute House No. 6).

If you enjoy art, you should also visit the National Gallery of Scotland located at the entrance to the gardens.

There, you can admire works by Scottish and international artists from the Renaissance to the early 20th century . And the good news is, entry is free!

If you’re visiting Edinburgh for 3 days in winter, you’ll find a Christmas market, an ice rink, a Ferris wheel, and other fairground-like attractions in Princes Street Gardens.

Day 3 in Edinburgh: Places to Visit

Day 3 Itinerary:

A. The National Museum of Scotland B. Camera Obscura C. The Scotch Whisky Experience D. St Giles’ Cathedral E. Other Activity Ideas

For the last day of your 3-day itinerary in Edinburgh , start your morning with a visit to the National Museum of Scotland.

Located in the Old Town , near Greyfriars Kirkyard, you’ll be pleased to know that besides being one of the most interesting museums in Scotland, entry is free!

This modern and interactive museum resulted from the merger of the museum dedicated to Scottish history and culture and the Royal Museum, which covers a wide range of topics such as science, technology, geology, and natural history.

There are many themes covered, and thanks to the free audio guide , you’ll learn a lot of interesting facts!

Among the museum’s most notable exhibits is Dolly the sheep, the first cloned animal.

Don’t miss the top floor terrace, as it offers a wonderful view over the city.

After the museum, let’s continue this guide of the best things to do in 72 hours in Edinburgh and go to Camera Obscura and World of Illusions.

This highly popular tourist attraction is located at the foot of Castle Hill, just a 7-minute walk from the National Museum.

The museum gathers hundreds of optical illusions over five floors: holograms, distorting mirrors, 3D images.

But the highlight is the Camera Obscura or Dark Room, which projects live images of the city in real-time. We’re not talking about a simple webcam, but a clever system of mirrors invented in 1835.

It’s quite hard to describe, so I really recommend you see it for yourself!

On the top floor, you’ll also have access to the rooftop terrace and will be able to enjoy panoramic views of Edinburgh.

To avoid waiting in line, you need to purchase your Camera Obscura ticket in advance here:

If optical illusions are not really your thing, or if you’ve already visited similar museums on your travels, you should rather visit The Scotch Whisky Experience.

It’s located right across from Camera Obscura.

As the name suggests, you’ll discover here the entire world of whisky, from production to tasting! You can even admire the world’s largest collection of whisky bottles and sample one of the 400 whiskies available at the bar.

I’m not necessarily a big whisky fan, but the guided tour is well done and interesting.

To book your visit, just click on the following button:

If you prefer a more personalized experience and a less “mainstream” tour, you should book an evening at a whisky bar . Your knowledgeable guide will be delighted to explain all there is to know about Scotland’s national drink.

You’ll taste 4 whiskies originating from 4 different regions of Scotland. A wonderful way to wrap up your 3 days in Edinburgh!

You need to book it here:

Let’s then continue your day in Old Town and head to St. Giles’ Cathedral.

You’ve already passed in front of the cathedral on the first day of your three-day Edinburgh itinerary, but didn’t have time for a proper visit at that time. So let’s visit it today!

Dating back to the 12th century (but rebuilt in the 15th century after a fire), it is the oldest religious building in Edinburgh.

Inside, you’ll find numerous small chapels , the most famous being the Chapel of the Order of the Thistle, as well as stunning stained glass windows.

And guess what? The entrance here is also free!

Since Old Town is really the hub of most activities, if you want to substitute the Camera Obscura or the whisky-themed visit, you have plenty of choices.

There are quite a few other fantastic activities to do in the area.

Here are 2 themed guided tours that I really enjoyed. You can easily incorporate them into your itinerary for the third day:

• A Harry Potter themed guided tour of Edinburgh .

Fans of the famous wizard surely know that Edinburgh is where JK Rowling wrote her magical saga. And of course she drew inspiration from the places around her to create her universe.

For 2 hours, follow in the footsteps of Harry, Hermione, and Ron.

And guess what? These guided tours are so awesome that they come with a satisfaction guarantee or your money back!

All you have to do is click the button below to book it:

• The Real Mary King’s Close

Good news for those who couldn’t make the ghost-themed tour on the first evening (or for those who prefer to do it in daylight because they think it will be less scary 😅), you can catch up!

There is a very good 1-hour tour of the city’s underground area near the Royal Mile, which was home to Edinburgh’s very poor inhabitants in the 17th century.

The tour is guided only (you can’t go inside the underground by yourself) and skillfully blends historical facts with ghost stories.

Simply click the green button below to book it:

Now that you know what to do in Edinburgh in 3 days , there is one last thing to do to finish planning your trip: finding a good hotel!

After busy days exploring the capital, it’s important to have a good rest.

And as Edinburgh is very touristic, you should really book your hotel as early as possible to secure a good deal!

To make it easier for you, here is my selection of the best accommodations in Edinburgh depending on your budget:

• Edinburgh Central Youth Hostel: Youth hostel located only 800 meters from the train station and Princes Street. Bed in a dormitory from 30€ per night, breakfast at 6€. Strong points: cleanliness, great location, friendly staff.
• Leonardo Royal Hotel Edinburgh Haymarket: Located in the city centre, 10 minutes walk from the castle. Contemporary and elegant double room from 90€, breakfast included. Strong points: the very helpful staff, the spacious rooms, the very comfortable bed. It’s my favorite for its amazing value for money!
• Radisson Blu Hotel, Edinburgh: Located on the historic Royal Mile Street, 10 minutes from the Palace of Holyroodhouse. Chic and refined double room from 200€ per night, breakfast at 14€. Strong points: central location, spa, heated indoor swimming pool, gym, and the excellent breakfast!
• Radisson Collection Hotel, Royal Mile Edinburgh: 5 star hotel located on the Royal Mile, 600 meters away from the castle. This luxury hotel offers comfortable and elegant double rooms starting at 300€ per night, breakfast at 18€. Strong points: located in the heart of Edinburgh’s historic centre, the interior design, very helpful staff, absolute comfort. This is the best hotel for a luxury stay in Edinburgh!

You’re planning to spend 3 days in Edinburgh with children ?

Here’s my selection of the best family activities for 72 hours in Edinburgh:

• Visiting Edinburgh Castle: there is a special treasure hunt designed for children.
• Stopping at the Harry Potter shop on the Royal Mile, and for older kids, booking the guided tour dedicated to the young wizard !
• Taking part in a Ghost Tour / Visiting Greyfriars Cemetery (suitable for teens)
• Discovering the National Museum of Scotland and its giant animal skeletons
• Visiting Camera Obscura and World of Illusions.

Do you want to slightly modify this 3-day Edinburgh itinerary ? Adapt it to your preferences by adding activities or guided tours?

You can easily create your personalized itinerary with my guide of the 20 best places to visit in Edinburgh.

You can read it by clicking on the following link: The 20 Best Things to Do in Edinburgh .

To help you visualize your itineraries over these 3 days in Edinburgh, I’ve created a map listing the places to visit day by day . You can display the map legend by clicking on the top left button with a small arrow. This will allow you to view the itineraries for each day.

Since the price of flights to Edinburgh can vary a lot, it’s a good idea to compare them as early as possible. For this, you can use our flight comparison tool, in partnership with Skyscanner. It’s the guarantee of getting the best fare.

Scotland travel Guides

• Buy the Lonely Planet Scotland guide on Amazon.com or on Amazon.co.uk
• Buy the DK Eyewitness Scotland guide on Amazon.com or on Amazon.co.uk

You’re traveling to Scotland ? These articles will help you!

Discover all my articles about Scotland : All my articles to help you plan your trip to Scotland are listed there.

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

Where to stay in Vienna? The best areas and places to stay

4 days in Edinburgh: the perfect Itinerary (first time visit)

2 days in Edinburgh: Itinerary for your weekend +my best tips

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

Turn your dream vacation into reality

3 Days in Edinburgh (Perfect Itinerary + Map)

• December 27, 2023

Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland since 1437. With its distinctive look, it’s one of the most beautiful and unique cities in Europe. Visiting the capital of Scotland it’s like taking a time machine back to medieval centuries.

Cobblestone streets tucked away between dark sandstone buildings. Old local pubs and little shops with friendly owners, selling wool and tartan goods. All this dominated by the gorgeous Edinburg Castle, standing on the top of Castle Rock.

3 days in Edinburgh itinerary

This long weekend Edinburgh itinerary is ideal for all visiting the city for the first time. It is packed with all the must-see attractions Edinburgh has to offer. In addition, you’ll find some helpful tips on how to skip the lines and how to visit the Highlands and Stirling Castle.

Find a map of this 3-day itinerary for Edinburgh (with all attractions and restaurants’ websites) at the end of the blog post.

Already have a hotel booked? Check if your hotel has a good location in my guide to where to stay in Edinburgh first time .

3 days in Edinburgh (the perfect itinerary)

• Day 1:  Holyrood Palace, St Giles’ Cathedral, Scott Monument, Calton Hill
• Day 2:  Edinburgh Castle, Princes Street Gardens, Dean Village
• Day 3: Edinburgh Vaults, whisky tours, Arthur’s Seat, Camera Obscura

3 days in Edinburgh – Day 1

Have breakfast at canongate coffee company ltd.

08:30 AM – 09:30 AM Start the first day with breakfast at Canongate Coffee Company Ltd . Their Scottish breakfast and blueberry scones are absolutely delicious!.

Visit the royal Holyrood Palace

09:30 AM – 12:00 PM The history of the palace started with its abbey. King David I of Scotland founded the Holyrood Abbey in 1128. According to the legends, the king had a vision of a stag with a cross glowing between its antlers. He decided that this was a sign from God and built the abbey on the same spot he had seen the stag. From here came the name of the abbey and subsequently the palace – Holyrood. Holyrood means “Holy Cross”.

The Holyrood Palace used to be the residence of the Scottish rulers. You can explore the State Apartments and the chambers of Mary, Queen of Scots.

Have a Scotch pie

12:00 PM – 02:00 PM The best place to try an authentic Scotch pie is the Piemaker . They offer small delicious pies (vegetarian options also available).

Admire St Giles’ Cathedral

02:00 PM – 02:30 PM St Giles’ Cathedral is a stunning 14th-century cathedral in the heart of the city. It is dedicated to the patron saint of the city, Saint Giles. It is free to visit the cathedral. However, if you want to take photos, you have to buy a £2 photo permit.

See the Scott Monument

02:40 PM – 03:00 PM The Scott Monument is dedicated to the Scottish writer Sir Walter Scott. You can climb the 200 feet (about 61 m) high tower via a spiral staircase. Keep in mind that it is really claustrophobic and there are 287 steps to the top.

I wanted to climb the stairs, but after checking a few photos on google images, I gave up.

City views from Calton Hill

03:20 PM – 05:00 PM Calton Hill is home to a few iconic monuments: the National Monument of Scotland, Dugald Stewart Monument and Nelson’s Monument. You can climb Nelson’s Monument for better views over the city. Even if you don’t, the views from Calton Hill itself are stunning.

It is a very popular spot for sunset watching. I spent two evenings there watching the sun sets over the horizon. Keep in mind that it is very windy. 

Finish the first day of this Edinburgh itinerary with a delicious dinner at Howies Waterloo or The Dome .

More ideas for your 3 days in Edinburgh – Day 1

Canongate kirk.

The church is famous for its notables buried in the churchyard. You can find the graves of the economist Adam Smith, Agnes Maclehose (Clarinda of Robert Burns) and the poet Robert Fergusson. A statue of the latter stands right next to the church gates. This is also the final resting place of David Rizzio, the private secretary of Mary, Queen of Scots.

Greyfriars Bobby Statue and Greyfriars Kirk

Greyfriars Kirk got its name from a small Skye Terrier. The dog’s story is a real example of true love and devotion. The dog loved its master so much, that it guarded his grave till its own death 14 years later. Greyfriars Bobby is buried in the church not far away from the grave of its master.

While wandering around the Greyfriars Kirkyard, you can spot a few Harry Potter characters on the stones. This is the place from where J. K. Rowling got some of the names in her books. You can see the grave of Lord Voldemort (Tom Riddle).

Old Calton Burial Ground

On your way to Calton Hill, stop in the Old Calton Burial Ground. It is one of the most famous cemeteries in the city. The cemetery is dominated by a huge black obelisk, the Political Martyrs’ Monument. This monument is erected in memory of five political reformists from the early 19th century.

3 days in Edinburgh – Day 2

Have breakfast at hula juice bar.

08:30 AM – 09:30 AM Start the second day of this long weekend in Edinburgh with a healthy breakfast at Hula Juice Bar & Gallery . Their Maca Nana Bowl and avocado toast with salmon are just fantastic!

Visit the iconic Edinburgh Castle

09:30 AM – 12:30 PM The castle is the city’s most iconic landmark. It’s one of the oldest fortified places in Europe, dominating the skyline of Edinburgh for more than nine centuries. Started as an ancient stronghold, the castle later became a royal residence, military garrison and prison.

Edinburgh castle is huge and there is a lot to discover, so be prepared to spend 2-3 hours here.

To explore the castle you can join a walking tour (included in the ticket price) or rent an audio guide. I like to explore by myself, so I chose the audio guide option. The meeting point of the walking tour is through the Portcullis Gate past the audio booth by the clock.

If you have an Explorer Pass, you get a discount on the price of the audio guide. The Explorer Pass is a great way to save some money if you plan to visit more than two castles. I used it to visit Edinburgh Castle, Stirling Castle and Linlithgow Castle. Note, that in 2024 only the 7-Day Explorer Pass is available .

12:30 PM – 02:30 PM Stop for lunch at Oink or Scotts Kitchen . If you love pork meat, go to Oink. Their pulled pork sandwiches are to die for.

Scotts Kitchen overlooks the city’s most photographed street, Victoria Street. It’s perfect for a relaxed lunch.

If you want to finish lunch with something sweet, try the gelato at Mary’s Milk Bar . And don’t miss the view of Edinburgh Castle from there.

Princes Street Gardens and Wojtek Statue

02:30 PM – 03:00 PM The Princes Street Gardens is an ideal place to stop for a little break and enjoy the view of the castle.

Don’t miss the statue of the soldier bear, Wojtek . This Syrian bear was bought by a Polish soldier during WWII. The bear was helping the army by moving crates of ammunition. After the end of the war, it found a home in the city’s zoo and lived there for the rest of its life.

While you are in the area, go and try some cookies at Ben’s Cookies . They are so awesome, that I would return to the city only to eat them again.

Explore the charming Dean Village

03:30 PM – 06:00 PM Dean Village was a separate grain milling village until the 19th century. Although now part of Edinburgh, it still keeps its medieval charm. Take your time and explore the beautiful banks of the Water of Leith River.

I took this picture from the bridge that connects Hawthornbank Ln and Damside Str.

For dinner choose between Wildfire and Mussel Inn . Wildfire is a small cosy restaurant, that offers excellent locally sourced beef and seafood. Mussel Inn is a great bistro, serving authentic seafood.

Cocktails at Panda & Sons

Finish the evening with some cocktails at Panda & Sons, a well-hidden bar right in the city centre.

More ideas for your 3 days in Edinburgh – Day 2

St john’s episcopal church.

Make a short stop at St John’s Episcopal Church. Its most notable feature is the plastic ceiling vault, which was derived from King Henry VII’s chapel in Westminster Abbey.

St Cuthbert’s Church

St Mary’s Cathedral

This beautiful 19th-century cathedral definitely deserves a stop. Approach it from Melville Street for the best view.

3 days in Edinburgh – Day 3

Choose how to spend the third day of this Edinburgh itinerary according to your interests. Visit a whisky or gin distillery, take a ghost tour or hike Arthur’s Seat for the best city views. Another option is to take a day trip to the Highlands or the famous Stirling Castle.

Explore the haunted Edinburgh Vaults

If you’re into dark tourism, you’ve come to the right place. The city is home to some of the most haunted places in Europe and amongst them are the Edinburgh Vaults.

Visit the famous Mary King’s Close

Mary King’s Close is a series of tiny underground streets, hidden beneath the Royal Mile. People lived and worked here before the buildings were covered over.

You can visit Mary King’s Close only with a guided tour . In the tour, you will learn more about the lives of the people, the Great Plague and why it was wise to avoid these streets at 7 AM and 10 PM.

Gin and whisky tours

There are few distilleries that offer tours. You can learn how the beverage is made and try different samples. For gin visit Edinburgh Gin Distillery or Pickering’s Gin Distillery .

If you are a whisky lover don’t miss this Scotch Whisky Experience (you’ll see the World’s Largest Collection of Scotch Whisky).

National Museum of Scotland

The National Museum of Scotland is superb and it is completely free. There is a full-sized Formula One car simulation. The first cloned mammal ever, Dolly the sheep, is also exhibited here.

Don’t miss the amazing view of Edinburgh Castle from the rooftop terrace.

Scottish National Gallery

If you are into art, don’t miss the Scottish National Gallery. The gallery features Scottish and international artists from the beginning of the Renaissance up to the 20th century. The entrance is free, so it is worth a visit even for an hour.

Visit the Royal Yacht Britannia

Located on the bank of the North Sea, Royal Yacht Britannia is a must-see for everyone interested in the royal family.

It’s possible to visit the yacht with an audio guide and get an insight into how the royals travelled. You can visit the ship’s 5 decks, including the State Apartments and the Crew’s Quarters.

Book your Royal Yacht Britannia ticket here .

Climb Arthur’s Seat

If you are up for a hike, this is the place you have to go. It is about an hour hike to reach the top. The place is known for the amazing views of the city. I had it on my itinerary but unfortunately, I never made it because of the weather. It was raining every day.

For more information check out this  map of the climbing routes .

Royal Botanic Garden

The Royal Botanic Garden is one of the best botanic gardens in Europe. Some of its highlights are the Victorian Temperate Palm House, the Chinese Hillside and the world-famous Rock Garden. In addition, you can enjoy fantastic views of the capital’s skyline, including Edinburgh Castle.

Have fun at Camera Obscura and World of Illusions

Visit Camera Obscura and explore 5 floors packed with over 100 illusions. Start at the rooftop terrace that features spectacular cityscape photographs of Edinburgh.

Maison de Moggy (a cat café)

As a huge cat lover, it was on my list. However, to visit it, you have to book a table for a certain 1-hour frame. It also has an entrance fee. As my schedule was full, I decided to skip it. Yet, if you are really into cats, you can give it a try.

Edinburgh Castle – over 5,500 tourists visit the castle every day and lines are long, especially in the summer season. You can book your skip-the-line ticket here .

Holyrood Palace – it’s also a popular attraction, so if you’re visiting in the high season, book your Holyroodhouse Palace ticket in advance .

How to save money on your Edinburgh itinerary

The best way to explore Edinburgh and save money is the Royal Edinburgh Ticket . It includes:

• skip-the-line entry to the Castle, Holyroodhouse and the Royal Yacht Britannia
• 48-hour access to the hop-on-hop-off sightseeing bus

To get most of the Royal ticket while using my Edinburgh itinerary, use the ticket on the first and second day. You just need to make a little modification and visit the Royal Yacht Britannia in the afternoon on the first day.

By using this ticket (£63) you will save £14 .

• Edinburgh Castle – £18
• Holyrood Palace – £17.50
• Royal Yacht Britannia – £18
• Hop-on hop-off buses – £24

Total without the ticket – £77.5 If you use the ticket – £63 Total savings – £14.5

Getting around in Edinburgh

Find a detailed map of the itinerary here .

If you stay in the city centre of Edinburgh, you’ll be able to tour the attractions (the first 2 days) on foot. For the third day, you’ll probably need to use public transport. It depends on what you want to see.

There is no metro but you can get from one point to another using any of the numerous trams or  Lothian Buses .

Yet, the easiest way to get around the city is the  hop-on-hop-off bus tour .

How to get to Edinburgh

There are two major train stations – Edinburgh Waverley Railway Station and Haymarket Railway Station. Waverley Railway Station is more convenient, as it’s in the heart of the city centre, right between the Old and the New Town.

Check timetables and book train tickets online at ScotRail official site .

Edinburgh is not parking-friendly, so I’d recommend booking accommodation with available parking. The car parks in the city centre are very expensive (see a list of car parks here ).

The Edinburgh Airport (EDI) is about 15km away from the city centre. You have the following options:

• take the Airlink bus  – it runs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week (buses every 10 minutes during the day). The journey is about 30 minutes.
• take the tram – the tram runs between 06:00 AM and 11:00 PM (every 7 minutes). The journey is about 30 minutes.

Day trips from Edinburgh

Scotland is divided into two regions: Highlands and Lowlands. The Highlands occupy the northern part of the country. Their name comes from Scottish Gaelic and means “the place of the Gaels”.

Scotland is a magical country and the heart of its magic is the Highlands. Endless deep sky and mind-blowing sceneries surround the most beautiful lakes and castles in Scotland.

The Highlands are a must-see during your vacation in Scotland. Visiting them on your own on a one-day tour using public transport is not possible. Even if you rent a car, it will be a tiring trip if you want to do it for one day.

Luckily, there are some awesome organized day tours to Highlands. This is an amazing way to see some distant parts of Scotland if you are short on time.

This is one of the most popular Highland tours. It is the best of Scotland in one day. On this full-day tour, you will discover the beauty of the picturesque Scottish Highlands. You’ll see Loch Ness, the breathtaking other-worldly Glencoe Valley and Fort William. You’ll also have a chance to see Highland Cows!

Isle of Skye

The Isle of Skye is one of the most magical places in Scotland. The miles of dramatic coastline will take your breath away. Visiting the Isle of Skye and the Highlands is a lifetime experience.

Explore the magical island and a few charming Highlands lochs in this 3-day tour. See the dramatic scenery of the Isle of Skye, the Five Sisters of Kintail, Loch Ness and visit the iconic Eilean Donan Castle.

Stirling Castle

Stirling Castle is one of the most important castles in the history of Scotland because of its strategic place as a gateway to the Highlands. The castle was first mentioned around 1100. It changed hands frequently during the Wars of Independence with England.

After Robert The Bruce defeated Edward II at Bannockburn, he destroyed the castle to prevent it from falling into enemy hands again.

From the 15th century, the Stewarts began using Stirling Castle as a royal residence. James V constructed the current building to impress his French wife Mary of Guise. Many Scottish rulers were born, crowned and died here.

You can rent an audio guide or take the guided tour included in the ticket price. The guided tour starts at the well outside the Fort Major’s House on the hour between 10:00 AM and 05:00 PM.

You can use the ticket to Stirling Castle to also visit Argyll’s Lodging, a gorgeous 17th-century townhouse.

How to get to Stirling Castle

• take an organized tour, that combines Stirling Castle with Loch Lomond ( see tour’s details and 620+ reviews )
• by train – take a train from Edinburgh Waverley Station to Stirling Station (50min journey). The castle is 800m from there.
• by bus – take a bus (MegaBus or Citylink) from Edinburgh Bus Station to Stirling Goosecroft Bus Stn (1h15min journey). The castle is 800m from there.

Rosslyn Chapel

Rosslyn Chapel is a very popular day trip from Edinburgh by bus. Sir William St Clair founded the chapel in 1446 to ensure his place in heaven. However, the chapel has never been completely finished.

Rosslyn Chapel is unique and has amazing stories connected to it. Don’t miss to hear them in the storytelling hoods in the Visitor Centre.

There are audio guides and guided tours included in the ticket price. No photos are allowed inside the chapel, but you can take photos outside the grounds.

How to get to Rosslyn Chapel

• take an organized tour that combines Rosslyn Chapel and Melrose Abbey. You’ll learn the fascinating history of Rosslyn Chapel and its connection to the Holy Grail. You’ll also have the chance to admire the famous view of Eildon Hills ( see tour’s details and 160+ reviews ).
• by bus – take bus number 37 to Original Rosslyn Hotel (40-60 min journey). The chapel is a short walk from there.

Glasgow is the biggest city in Scotland. It’s quite different from Edinburgh, but it has its own charm!

The most famous sites are the University of Glasgow and the Cathedral. The University is truly magical and a must-see for any Harry Potter fan. Check out my travel guide on how to spend one day in Glasgow .

How to get to Glasgow from Edinburgh

• take a bus (MegaBus or Citylink) from Edinburgh Bus Station to Buchanan Bus Station in Glasgow (1h30min journey)
• take a train from Edinburgh Waverley Station to Glasgow Queen Street Station (50min journey)

How many days in Edinburgh

Are 3 days in edinburgh enough.

3 days in Edinburgh are more than enough to tour the most popular attractions, including Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace. You’ll even have enough time to climb Climb Arthur’s Seat or take a whisky or ghost tour.

What if I don’t have 3 full days in Edinburgh?

I planned this Edinburgh itinerary in such a way, that you’ll visit the main tourist attractions during the first 2 days. For the third day, it’s up to select the attractions you want to see based on your interest. Thus, you can follow my itinerary without any modification even if you in Edinburgh for less than 3 days.

2 or 3 days in Edinburgh?

If Edinburgh is a part of a longer Scotland itinerary, dedicate 2 days to the city. It will be enough to see the most important attractions.

Yet, if you’re visiting Edinburgh on a long weekend, I’d recommend you to spend 3-4 days. You won’t be in a hurry and you’ll have enough time to visit some museums or join guided tours. Plus, there are some gorgeous castles you can visit on a day trip from Edinburgh (see further in my post).

Best time to visit Edinburgh

The best months to visit Edinburgh are May and September. The weather is pleasant and relatively rain-free, days longer. June and July is also good an option, but keep in mind that it rains more.

August is the busiest month due to the famous Edinburgh Festival . The hotel prices skyrocket at that time of the year (plus, you need to book months in advance). If you’re not visiting Edinburgh for the festival, avoid August.

Follow now for exclusive content

About the author

Many thanks, it was exactly what I’v been looking for

Hi Anatoly, I’m glad the itinerary is useful to you. Have a great time in Edinburgh! 🙂

We used the Royal 48-Hour Ticket and it was such a great value! It’s the perfect way to see Edinburgh in 2 days.

Totally agree with you, Lynne!

This and the Glasgow articles were extremely helpful. Thank you. The only suggestion I could make is to create a printer- or excel-friendly version without the photos. I typed your itinerary in a spreadsheet for quick reference without a lot of paper/scrolling.

Hi Terri, I’m so happy that the itineraries were helpful to you. 🙂 Thanks for the suggestion, I’ll see what can I do.

I will be using your itinerary. Thank you for the help.

Thank you for your comment, Aman. 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Name  *

Email  *

Add Comment  *

I accept the privacy policy

Post Comment

3 Days in Edinburgh: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary

Edinburgh is a city rich in history. As you stroll down the Royal Mile, surrounded by historic shopfronts and medieval townhouses, you’ll hear the solemn sound of the pipers playing when you near the fortified gateway to Edinburgh Castle. 

Lose yourself in the maze of cobblestone streets, underpasses, overpasses, and passageways that form the Old Town before retreating to the cozy confines of a traditional Edinburgh pub for a pint of ale and a spot of local “scran” (food).

You can join walking tours, ghost tours, or open-top bus tours to learn more about the city’s heritage, traditions, and legends, or visit the National Museum of Scotland for a serious adventure through centuries of history. 

Spending 3 days in Edinburgh is never enough to truly explore every nook and cranny of this fascinating city, but it’s certainly enough time to give it your best shot. If you’re planning a weekend getaway to the Scottish capital, then keep reading as we detail our ultimate 3-day Edinburgh itinerary! 

If you’re still deciding where to stay then make sure to check out our article on the  best boutique hotels in Edinburgh !

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

How to Spend a Weekend in Edinburgh, Scotland

Getting around edinburgh.

As the Scottish capital and the second-largest city in the country (Glasgow has a larger population than Edinburgh!), Edinburgh is well connected to the rest of Scotland, the United Kingdom, and an increasing number of international destinations. 

You’ll find Edinburgh’s international airport is a convenient half-hour drive outside of the city. The airport is connected to Edinburgh Waverley Station by regular direct trains, while the Airlink bus service also stops nearby. If you’re in luck, then you can land at the airport and be on the Royal Mile in just one hour.

Edinburgh has direct connections to many major UK cities, either through domestic flights or the train services departing from Edinburgh Waverley Station. The fastest trains to London take five and a half hours, while flight time is 1 hour and 20 minutes. 

Glasgow is just an hour away by train, with regular connections throughout the day. Internationally, there are direct flights to major hubs like Dubai, Amsterdam, or Paris, where you can connect to almost anywhere else in the world, or you can connect via London to most major international destinations. 

Getting around Edinburgh during your weekend stay will be a breeze. The major tourist attractions are focused on the Royal Mile, a long and historic stretch of road that connects Holyrood Palace with Edinburgh Castle. You can walk the Royal Mile and the wider streets and sights of the Old Town on foot, or you can make use of the hop-on hop-off bus, which stops at most major tourist sights. 

You can walk or take the bus or tram from the Old Town to the New Town. The local transport will come in handy if you’re staying in one of Edinburgh’s suburbs, as it will if you’re planning a day trip to the coastal port of Leith, which is a 30-minute bus ride away from the city. Uber and taxis are plentiful in Edinburgh, although they might struggle to get around the Old Town with much speed.

Edinburgh Weekend Itinerary – Day 1

Traditional scotch drinks and dishes.

Your first day of your 3-day trip to Edinburgh begins on the Royal Mile, where you’ll explore the historic heart of the Scottish capital, visit the best of the city’s museums, and try plenty of traditional Scotch drinks and dishes . Be prepared for a long day of walking, as day one of our Edinburgh itinerary takes you to the most iconic sights in the Old Town. 

There are several ways for you to approach your first day of sightseeing. You can follow the itinerary we suggest below, making your way on foot or by bus or tram to the sights we’ve recommended. You can purchase a hop-on-hop-off bus ticket and enjoy a bit of guided commentary and much less walking, or you can opt for a walking tour. 

We recommend the latter option if you’d like an overview of the city, as there are several walking tour companies offering daily guided tours of the Royal Mile, taking in all the sights we’ve listed. Edinburgh Free Tour , for example, runs tips-based walking tours where you only pay what you feel the experience was worth at the end. They organize two-hour tours departing at 10 am, 11 am, and 1 pm from the Copper Still on the Royal Mile. 

Edinburgh Castle

Today, you’ll be exploring the western portion of the Royal Mile, and you can start by making your way to Edinburgh Castle . This is the city’s most iconic sight, and you’ll want to spend some time exploring the many museums within either now (if you’re not on a walking tour) or at the end of your walking tour.

Edinburgh Castle sits atop a craggy, volcanic outcrop named Castle Rock which offers sweeping views of the surrounding suburbs. There’s been some sort of fortress here since the Neolithic Age many thousands of years ago, while construction of the castle walls you’ll stand atop began in the 11th century. The castle is still partly used by the British Army to this day and forms the backdrop to the world-famous Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo , which takes place every August. 

St Giles’ Cathedral

Next up is the Tartan Weaving Mill , where you can learn more about kilts and the Scottish tartan that the Highland clans have always been famous for. From here, it’s a short stroll to St Giles’ Cathedral. This famous historical attraction has been a landmark on the city’s skyline for 900 years, as it was founded in 1124 by King David I. 

Ever since, it’s been the “High Kirk of Scotland,” and you’ll love the layers of religious history and architecture which make it so unique. We’re still on the Royal Mile, and you’ll also stop at the Mercat Cross before making your way through the cobbled streets of the Old Town toward Cowgate Street, a historic medieval underpass that will connect you to Grassmarket, which was a medieval suburb of the city. 

Grassmarket

By now, you’re probably starting to feel a bit hungry. The Grassmarket was Edinburgh’s traditional public marketplace, and among the colorful Victorian townhouses that surround this picturesque area, you’ll find many independent cafes, bistros, and restaurants. 

Pop into the Black Bull , The Fiddler’s Arms , or The Last Drop for a pub lunch and a pint of local ale. Now that you’ve eaten, we can also let you know that the Grassmarket has a more notorious history to it. It was also the scene of grizzly public executions during the medieval era, and many an unfortunate Scot met their end here in the shadow of Edinburgh Castle.

Greyfriars Kirk

Rather appropriately, your next stop is Candlemaker Row, where you’ll find Greyfriars Kirk . This 16th-century church is surrounded by Greyfriars Kirkyard, where many of Edinburgh’s famous historical figures are buried. 

One gravestone was even the inspiration for Tom Riddle, the infamous character created by J.K. Rowling for her Harry Potter series. The most iconic point of interest here, though, is the Greyfriars Bobby statue, which commemorates a loyal dog named Bobby who is said to have sat by the grave of his master in the churchyard for 14 years.

National Museum of Scotland

Leave the graveyard behind and step inside the doors of the National Museum of Scotland , where you’ll need the rest of the afternoon to explore the galleries and exhibitions within. You’ll begin in the Grand Gallery, where the “Window on the World” offers a sweeping insight into global history and culture. There’s the Discoveries Gallery, the Natural World Gallery, and so much more to see.

For dinner, you’ll also be dining in the Grassmarket area, so you can either pop into a pub for a pre-dinner drink or head back to your hotel to freshen up after your visit to the museum. We’ve got a few options for you to try on your first night, all of them highly-rated, fine-dining restaurants. 

For delectably fresh-tasting menus prepared using locally sourced ingredients, book a table at either The Cellar Door or Timberyard . For something a little different, head over to Kanpai Sushi , where you’ll find the best Japanese restaurant in Edinburgh. Either way you go, it’s sure to be a great ending to the first evening of your weekend in Edinburgh.

Edinburgh Weekend Itinerary – Day 2

Calton hill.

Your weekend in Edinburgh continues on day two with a trip to Calton Hill. Located just a short walk from Edinburgh Waverley Station, Calton Hill offers wonderful views over the surrounding townhouses of the old and new quarters of the city. It’s a great place to start the day, not least because you’ll be able to see several of the major landmarks you’ll be visiting later – including Holyrood Palace, the Scottish Parliament Building, and Arthur’s Seat. 

Calton Hill is also home to several major landmarks itself, including the mighty Scottish National Monument. Inspired by the Greek Parthenon in Athens, this monument was intended by the Victorians to commemorate the Napoleonic Wars, but it was never completed. 

Calton Hill is home to several other important statues, including one of Lord Nelson (of Battle of Trafalgar fame) and another of Dugald Stewart (a Scottish philosopher). If you haven’t had breakfast yet, we highly recommend popping into The Lookout , a fantastic gourmet restaurant on Calton Hill offering excellent views while you dine!

Scottish Parliament Building

After fueling up for day two, continue downhill toward the Scottish Parliament Building . This magnificent modern building sits in contrast to the older buildings of the Royal Mile, as it was only opened in 2004. 

It’s the seat of the devolved Scottish parliament and is an important mark of Scottish nationhood and national identity. You can take a tour to learn more about the inner workings of the local government and the history of Scottish independence. 

Holyrood Palace

The Scottish Parliament is next to Holyrood Palace . This extravagant palatial home marks the eastern end of the Royal Mile, and it’s the official residence of the British monarch (now King Charles III) when he’s visiting Edinburgh. 

When the royal family isn’t in residence, then many of the stately rooms and halls are open to the public, while the chambers of Mary Queen of Scots and the Queen’s Gallery are open all year round. If possible, take the guided tour to learn more about centuries of regal history.

Café at the Palace

By now, it’ll be just about time for lunch. Before heading off on the next part of your day two adventure, why not stop off at Café at the Palace ? You can order coffee, tea, and light bites like sandwiches and jacket potatoes, or you can opt for the traditional afternoon tea spread if you’re particularly peckish.

Now you’re going to leave the Royal Mile behind as you step into Holyrood Park. Few capitals in the world can claim to be so close to nature as Edinburgh, and you’ll be awed by the dramatic sight of Arthur’s Seat as it rises above the park. 

Arthur’s Seat

Arthur’s Seat is an extinct volcano that formed millions of years ago, and at 251 meters high, it offers spectacular views of the city. It’s a leisurely 2-hour walk there and back from Holyrood Palace and a great place to spend the rest of the afternoon. 

The Scotch Whisky Experience

After your hike, make your way back along the Royal Mile, where you’ve got one more stop before dinner. If your feet aren’t aching, then you can choose to walk the length of the Royal Mile to The Scotch Whisky Experience , or you can hop on a bus. This is Edinburgh’s premier whisky museum, where you can learn all about the nation’s most famous export and see the largest collection of whisky in the world. 

Amber Restaurant

Follow up the tour with a tasting in the Amber Bar, where there are 450 different types of whisky for you to try. The Amber Restaurant also makes an excellent location for dinner, as the chefs serve up a seasonal “Taste of Scotland” dinner menu that includes everything from Ham Hock Terrine to Sticky Date Pudding. 

World’s End

If you’re looking for somewhere a little less formal for dinner, then you could walk along the Royal Mile to the World’s End , a historic pub dating to the medieval era that serves a fine selection of ales, whiskies, and classic pub dishes late into the night. It’s the perfect way to cap off the second day of your 3-days in Edinburgh!

Edinburgh Weekend Itinerary – Day 3

Scott monument.

Now that you’re on the last day of your 3-day trip to Edinburgh, you’ll have explored the most important sights in Edinburgh’s Old Town, so on your third and final day, it’s time to head further afield. Make your way to Edinburgh Waverley Station, and start your day in Princes Street Gardens, where you’ll find the monumental Scott Monument .

The Scott Monument is dedicated to Scotland’s most famous writer, Sir Walter Scott, and the monument and gardens sit on the edge of Edinburgh’s New Town. The New Town is your next destination as you stroll through the neat rows of Georgian townhouses found north of the Old Town. 

Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh

Walk toward the picturesque Royal Circus, where you can stop for breakfast or brunch at The Pantry before continuing to the Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh . This beautiful area of landscaped gardens dates back to 1670, and the collection is now home to over 13,000 different species held outdoors and within the spacious greenhouse. 

Next, walk north to Ferry Road, where you can jump on a bus and travel east to the Port of Leith. You’ll be met by the fresh sea breeze sweeping in from the North Sea as you overlook the spacious Firth of Forth that marks the end of the River Forth’s run. Leith is Edinburgh’s historic harborside district, and you’ll love the waterside pubs and colorful townhouses that make this such a unique area to explore.

First things first: lunch in Leith is in order. Nowhere quite beats The Kitchin , which is one of Edinburgh’s best restaurants. This Michelin-starred restaurant serves up an eclectic array of seasonal tasting menus, but you might prefer the a la carte menu for lunch. For somewhere a little less stately, our other recommendation would be The Fishmarket , where locally sourced fish and chips are served with a gourmet twist. 

After lunch, spend the afternoon leisurely exploring Leith. Take a walk along the Water of Leith, pop into the Port of Leith Distillery for a quick dram of whisky, then visit the iconic Royal Yacht Britannia moored in the harbor. 

Royal Yacht Britannia

From 1954 to 1997, the Royal Yacht Britannia was the official yacht of the British royal family. Queen Elizabeth II, and many other royals, traveled to over 100 countries on the yacht, as it was used for state visits and trips across the world. When it was decommissioned, it quickly became one of the most popular tourist attractions in Edinburgh.

Once you’re satisfied that you’ve seen the best Leith has to offer, hop back on a bus to Edinburgh Old Town (not back to the Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh), where you’ve got one last evening to enjoy in the Scottish capital. 

Museum of Childhood

Depending on how much time you’ve spent in Leith, you may be able to visit one more museum in the afternoon. If so, you could choose to visit the Museum of Edinburgh to learn more about local history or a niche museum like Camera Obscura or the Museum of Childhood . All are located along or near the Royal Mile, which by now, we’re certain you’ll be well acquainted with. 

For dinner, we recommend enjoying the finer delights of Edinburgh’s British-Indian cuisine. Scotland is famous for its curries (the tikka masala was invented in Glasgow , after all), and Edinburgh has an excellent selection of curry houses. 

One of the best is Dishoom (located a short walk from Edinburgh Waverley Station), where you’ll have a gourmet menu packed with fusion dishes inspired by the streets of Mumbai. Visit a few more of Edinburgh’s pubs for a final drink on the third night of your weekend in Edinburgh, where you might even be entertained by the dulcet tones of local musicians. 

What to do if you have more than 3 days in Edinburgh

If you’ve still got time to explore, then you’ve still got plenty of great things to do and attractions to see in Edinburgh. Here are the best things to add to your 3-day Edinburgh itinerary:

Museum of Edinburgh

We mentioned this excellent museum briefly in our itinerary, and it certainly deserves a visit if you’ve got extra time in the city. Located on the Royal Mile, the Museum of Edinburgh is focused on local rather than national history, as the exhibitions explore the history and heritage of the city itself. 

Camera Obscura

This quirky museum welcomes you to explore a world of illusions as you’re thrust into five extensive floors of imagery and trickery at the Camera Obscura . Dating back to the 1830s, this is one of Britain’s oldest attractions, and you can still find the original “Camera Obscura” on the top floor.  

Edinburgh Ghost Tours

The Scottish capital has a spooky past, and many of the streets and alleyways you’ve walked are said to be haunted. Find out more by joining one of the many ghost tours that depart after dark as you explore a different side of Edinburgh. 

Scottish National Gallery

Art lovers will want to find time to fit a visit to the Scottish National Gallery into their Edinburgh itinerary because it’s home to some of the nation’s most important collections of art. Located in a grand neoclassical building next to Edinburgh Waverley Station, the Scottish National Gallery features fine art from the Renaissance period onwards. 

The Potter Trail

If you’re a big Harry Potter fan, then you’ve got much to see in Edinburgh. The Potter Trail is a tips-based walking tour that takes you to the many Edinburgh spots that inspired J.K. Rowling’s Harry Potter series, with daily tours departing from the Greyfriars Bobby Fountain at 12 pm. 

We hope you enjoy your weekend trip to Edinburgh, Scotland! Should we add something else to our 3-day Edinburgh itinerary?

Share this on pinterest.

About the Author:

Richard is an award-winning travel writer based in Southwest England who’s addicted to traveling off the beaten track. He’s traveled to 75 countries and counting in search of intriguing stories, unusual destinations, and cultural curiosities. Richard loves traveling the long way round over land and sea, and you’ll find him visiting quirky micronations and breakaway territories as often as he’s found lounging on a beach (which is a lot). When he’s not writing for BBC Travel, National Geographic, or Lonely Planet, you can find Richard writing for the Wandering Wheatleys or updating his off-beat travel blog, Travel Tramp.

View all posts

Related Posts

The 15 Best Places to Visit in Europe in the Fall

The 15 Best Things to do in Amsterdam

The 12 Best Boutique Hotels on the Amalfi Coast

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

3 Days in Edinburgh – The Complete Edinburgh Itinerary

Written By: Karen Worrall

City Guides , Scotland

Updated On: February 8, 2024

Is 3 days in Edinburgh enough? This is something we are often asked. So we put the question to our local expert Karen Worrall, who shares her perfect three day Edinburgh itinerary. 

I’ve traveled the world and lived in several countries, but have chosen to return to Scotland to make it my base as it has so much to offer. I love Edinburgh. I know a lot about this fascinating historical city as I live here and I am an Edinburgh travel guide.

Table of Contents

The Perfect 3 Days in Edinburgh Scotland

With Three days in Edinburgh, you’ll be able to see most of the city’s top attractions . Plus with my expertise and insider knowledge, I’ll help you to explore the city in a leisurely and orderly manner.

Day 1 – Upper Old Town

Edinburgh’s Old Town is the city’s heart. Everything starts in the Castle and spreads down the hill. The Old Town is the area where you’ll find the most historic attractions. If you only have 1 day in Edinburgh I would suggest staying around this area.

Start in Upper Old Town

Click here for your interactive map of Three Days in Edinburgh, day 1. This should make it easier to plan out your 3 Days in Edinburgh

• Get to and from the Airport:  Take a  private transfer to your hotel for only $17 USD
• The easiest way to get around Edinburgh is to use the Hop on Hop off buse tour. I suggest which stop for each of the places to visit in Edinburgh. Get Your Edinburgh Hop on Hop Off Tour Starting at $19 USD

1. Edinburgh Castle

We’ll start our 3 days in Edinburgh at Edinburgh Castle. If it is your first time in Edinburgh, you cannot miss visiting this castle. Edinburgh Castle is built on top of a 350 million-year-old volcanic plug, and there is evidence of human habitation there as early as the Bronze Age, 3,500 years ago.

Edinburgh Castle is the most-visited paid tourist attraction in Scotland.

I suggest 90 minutes minimum to visit Edinburgh Castle, but I’d personally spend about two to two and a half hours there seeing everything.

Some of the highlights are; Saint Margaret’s Chapel, the jail, visit the chambers of Mary Queen of Scots and the Royal Apartments with the Scottish Crown Jewels.

• Skip the lines and save time with an Edinburgh Castle Tour while learning about Scottish history.
• You can book castle tickets online and book your time slot for going in.
• This is particularly handy at the height of summer (July-August) when there are very long lines.
• Hours: Summer (April 1-Sept 30) 9.30am-6pm (last entry at 5pm). Winter (Oct 1-Mar 31) 9.30am-5pm (last entry 4pm).
• Cost: £19.50 gate price (£17.50 online), £16 gate (£14 online) concessions, children 5-15 £11.50 (£10.50 online). Under 5s free. Book tickets online for a reduced price.

2. Tartan Weaving Center

From Edinburgh Castle, we walk just two minutes to our next stop, the Tartan Weaving Center, which has an exhibition on its bottom floor (B2),

If you have ever wondered how tartan is made, then wonder no more! You can see looms at work creating the tartan and there is an exhibition on the history of tartan with all the info on its evolution over the years and different uses.

• Hours: Monday-Saturday 9am-7.30pm, Sunday 8.30am-7pm.
• Cost: Free.
• Location: Castlehill
• Tour Bus : Stop 10 for Lawnmarket.

3. Writer’s Museum

From here we walk just a little farther down Lawnmarket to one of the lesser-known, but lovely (free) museums, the Writer’s Museum. It is dedicated to some of the great writers of the city and Scotland.

The main exhibitions are on Sir Walter Scott, Robby Burns, and Robert Louis Stevenson, plus pieces about newer writers including R.K Rowling and Ian Rankin.

• Hours: 10am-5pm.
• Location: Lawnmarket
• Tour Bus: Edinburgh Tour stop 10 for Lawnmarket.

4. Scottish Lunch

After the Castle, some tartan and literature, it’s time to stop for lunch in Old Town and there are many spots to choose from in Lawnmarket.

Both the places I recommend for Day 1 lunch are just a couple of minutes walk from the Writer’s Museum.

The Witchery – Go back up towards Edinburgh Castle on the left is The Witchery. The building is gorgeous, with a lot of history as this is where the most important witches used to convene – hence the name. The menu is very Scottish – not all haggis, neeps and tatties and whisky – but using high quality seasonal Scottish ingredients.

Deacon Brodie’s Tavern is just a couple of doors down the hill on the same side as the museum with plenty of character and local history. It is named after Deacon Brodie, who was a Deacon of his trade. A respected cabinet-maker and carpenter by day, and robber by night! His story is on the wall, along with a sign with pictures of both sides of his character outside the pub.

• Hours:  Witchery 12-11.30pm, 12-4.30pm Monday to Friday for two-course lunch menu. Deacon Brodies Sunday-Thursday 12pm-12am, Friday-Saturday 11am-1am.
• Cost: £25 for two-course lunch menu at the Witchery. £10-15 for main courses, and £5-6 for starters or desserts at Deacon Brodies.
• Location: Lawnmarket,
• Stop : 10 for Lawnmarket.

5. Greyfriar’s Bobby

Bobby was a wee Skye terrier who was born in 1855, and whose owner was a local policeman called Jock (John) Grey. They were the best of friends and went everywhere together.

Sadly, Jock passed away from tuberculosis when Bobby was just two years old. The wee doggy was heartbroken. But while Bobby did have new friends and people to care for him, he never got over Jock’s passing and spent the rest of his life after he died sleeping on his master’s grave.

The pub in front of Greyfriar’s Kirk (Scottish word for church) is named after him. You can visit his statue created by master sculptor William Brodie. It was made while the dog was still living. A custom is to touch his nose for good luck.

• Hours:  24 hours for statue and graveyard.
• Location: In front of Greyfriar’s Kirk, Candlemaker Row.
• Stop :7 for Chambers Street.

6. Greyfriar’s Kirkyard (Graveyard)

Our next stop on the first day of our 3 days in Edinburgh is venturing further into Greyfriar’s Graveyard to see some of its interesting graves.

Greyfriar’s Graveyard (or kirkyard, which means churchyard, to use the Scottish term) is one of the oldest graveyards in Edinburgh. There are 590 headstones here with many of Scotland’s most notable residents being interred here.

Greyfriar’s Bobby Tour  – Learn the true story that inspired the book and Disney film while hearing of the history of the city’s oldest resting places.

Harry Potter Connection

Harry Potter fans will enjoy the literary connections here. William McGonagall, infamously Scotland’s worst poet, is buried here. JK Rowling took inspiration for her Ms. McGonagall character from him, by naming someone who was very clever and good with words after someone very bad with them. The 197-year-old grave of Tom Riddell is also here.

Take a Harry Potter Tour to discover the landmarks of Old Town that inspired the Harry Potter books.

• Tour Bus Stop: 7 for Chambers Street.

7. Elephant House

For the Harry Potter fans, or just if you need a pick me up, the Elephant House café where J.K Rowling wrote much of her first Harry Potter novel is just around the corner.

At the back, there is a board where people write messages to JK Rowling. She does come to read them every now and then, so it is a fun thing for fans to do. You can write anything you like – one sort of funny, sort of just cheeky message left simply said “Lord of the Rings was better.’

• Hours:  Monday-Friday 8am-10pm, Saturday-Sunday 9am-10pm.
• Cost: Regular coffee shop prices, around £2-3 for a coffee, around £3 for a cake.
• Location: 21 George IV Bridge.
• Tour Bus Stop: stop 7 for Chambers Street.

8. National Museum of Scotland

The National Museum of Scotland is my favorite museum in Edinburgh and in Scotland overall. It has something for everyone. The new section at the front of the building that was built in 2011 is dedicated to Scotland.

Some of my favorite pieces to see include the sarcophagus of Mary Queen of Scots, a Clarsach (Celtic harp), clan map and the 1500-year-old chess pieces – the Lewis Chessmen.

The permanent exhibitions are always free and they have changing temporary ones, which usually cost around £8-10.

• Hours:  10am-5pm.
• Cost: Free for permanent exhibitions. £10 for Wild and Majestic, 26 June-10 November.
• Location: Chambers Street.

9. Grassmarket for Dinner and Dancing

The Grassmarket is a vibrant, lively area of Old Town, which has a chequered past. Its name comes from the fact that it used to be a huge market selling animals that ate grass – sheep, pigs, cows, goats.

It was also the site of public hangings. The gallows were situated here and crowds up to 20,000 people would gather here on a Saturday afternoon to watch the week’s convicted criminal’s meet their hairy end.

Some of the pubs around the square have names that reflect its dark past. “The Last Drop” refers to the last drop of the criminals in the hangman’s noose.Maggie Dickson’s is named after the woman who survived her hanging and went on to live a long happy live locally known as ‘half-hanged Maggie’.

Dinner Day 1

This is a good square for dinner, with many restaurants and bars with food offering many types of cuisine and styles of eatery from casual to more refined.

My pick here is the Mussel and Steak in, which has wonderful huge pots of local Scottish mussels in a sauce of your choice, lots of local seafood and meaty Angus beefsteaks.

Scottish Ceilidh

After dinner, head just around the corner to the Cowgate to lively bar Stramash to enjoy a Scottish Ceilidh (party with traditional music and dancing – don’t worry, you’ll be taught all the moves) if its Wednesday or Friday, or bop to a live band any other night.

• Hours:  Opening times vary by establishment, but generally 12pm-10pm for restaurants, bars open until midnight. Stramash open 6pm-3am.
• Cost: Food costs vary depending on where you choose, and entry to Stramash is free; just buy a drink at the bar.
• Location: The Grassmarket.

Edinburgh Food Tour  –Journey through the food culture of Scotland on a 3-hour guided tour. It offers free cancellation up to 24 hours before the activity starts, last-minute bookings and the tours are top-notch.

Day 2 – Lower Old Town

Day 2 of our three days in Edinburgh, we’ll visit the attractions of the lower part of the Old Town.

Today, we’ll explore the Royal Mile from the High Street section of Old Town down. This includes some of its great free museums, as well as royal history at the Palace of Holyroodhouse. Take a walk in Holyrood Park up Arthur’s Seat to see one of the best views of the city or visit the Scottish Parliament. We then finish with a creepy or musical evening.

Lower Old Town

Click here for your interactive map of Three Days in Edinburgh, day 1

10. Royal Mile shopping

Walking up and down the Royal Mile enjoying all the little quirks of it could easily take a full day in itself. The High Street section has numerous types of wonderful shopping.

Tartan, Tweed, cashmere and lamb’s wool products are a specialty in this area, and there are 51 shops selling these in the area. You’ll find everything you ned and don’t need. I came home with a lovely Tweed jacket that I really did not need. But I love it, so it’s all good.

• Explore all of Edinburgh’s Royal Attractions from a hop on hop off bus including entrance to 3 royal attractions with a 48-hour ticket.

If you’re a scotch whisky fan, this is the street for you too.

About 20 shops purveying scotch whisky adorn the street and most offer small “snifters” of tastings for free. Gin is also big in Scotland with the Edinburgh Gin Company creating many flavors of the juniper liquor in the city.

Small tastings of this are available in many of the same shops selling whisky.

• Scotch Whisky Experience in the only distillery downtown. Book here.
• Or this Whisky Experience  – Learn how the whiskey is made at the only distillery located within the city.
• Hours: 9am-7pm for most shops.
• Cost: Free to stroll.
• Location: High Street
• Tour stop 6 for John Knox House.

11. Royal Mile Free Museums

The Royal Mile is home to several of these free museums. Feel free to explore all three of these in the lower part of Royal Mile or choose a favorite and spend a bit longer.

The Museum of Childhood – This museum is all about toys. It is popular with children and families.

The People’s Story – This museum by the old Tollbooth is all about the people of the city.

The Museum of Edinburgh : This museum is all about the industry of the city and includes an exhibit on silver, as Edinburgh was a prominent city in the making of this precious metal.

12. Canongate Kirk

While in this part of the Royal Mile take a few minutes to look at the Canongate Kirk. This is one of the city’s oldest churches and is where the Queen worships while she’s in town.

Its graveyard is the final resting place of famous Scotland residents including poet Robert Fergusson who penned Auld Reekie, and the grave of Ebenezer Scrooge, Meal Man, who inspired Charles Dickens’ character Ebenezer Scrooge of A Christmas Carol.

• Hours: 10am-5pm daily for all museums.
• Location: High Street, Royal Mile for Museum of Childhood. Canongate for People’s Story and Museum of Edinburgh.
• Tour stop 6 for John Knox House for Museum of Childhood, stop 5 Canongate for other two.

13. Lunch at Clarinda’s

You’re now right next to our lunch stop in the Canongate area of the Royal Mile, Clarinda’s. Clarinda was a “special friend” of Robert Burns who lived in this building. Her real name was Agnes but because she was a married lady, Burns wrote love letters to her addressed ‘Clarinda.’ his secret name for her.

Burns apparently loved her very much as he penned his song ‘Ae Fond Kiss’ as an ode to her. There is a line in it that says “ Had we never met, nor never parted, we would have never been so broken-hearted .”

• Hours: Monday-Saturday 9am-4.30pm, Sunday 10am-4.30pm.
• Cost: £4.50-6 for lunch dishes, around £2 for cakes.
• Location: Canongate, Royal Mile.
• Edinburgh Tour stop 5 Canongate.

14. Scottish Parliament

This isn’t usually on a list of places to visit in Edinburgh, but I think it is a very interesting place for anyone interested in either Scottish politics or even fans of architecture.

The Scottish Parliament complex was built for use of the new Scottish government following Scottish Devolution in 1999.

The entire building is completely eco-friendly and self-sustaining. It has solar panels, uses locally sourced reused wood, everything is recycled, and it even has its own vegetable patch and beehives in the garden.

• Hours: Monday, Friday and Saturday 10-5pm, Tuesday-Thursday 9am-6.30pm, closed Sunday.
• Cost: Free. They even offer free-guided tours when parliament is not in session.
• Location: Foot of Royal Mile, Horse Wynd, opposite Holyrood Palace.
• Tour stop: 5 Canongate.

Scotland’s Parliament Building  – Tours are available if you’re interested to see how parliament works inside. Tours are free but you must book in advance.

15. Palace of Holyroodhouse (aka Holyrood Palace)

The Palace of Holyrood House – Aka Holyrood Palace is the official royal residence of the British monarch in Scotland,

You begin in the grand courtyard and then head into the staterooms to see where the Queen entertains. The tower and chambers of Mary Queen of Scots are my favorite part and totally worth climbing the extra stairs for.

The Queen’s Gallery is also here. This is a separate gallery, which showcases many of the pieces from the Royal Collection.

• Hours: Summer (April 1-October 31) 9.30am-6pm. Winter (November 1-March 31) 9.30am-4.30pm. Last admission always 90 minutes before closing.
• Cost: £15, £13.50 student/senior, £8.70 under 17/disabled, free under 5. Royal visit (Palace plus Queen’s Gallery and Garden History Tour) £24.50, £22 student/senior, £14.70 under 17/disabled, under 5 free.
• Location: Holyrood Palace, Holyrood Park.
• Tour stop 3: Holyrood Palace.
• All proceeds of ticket sales for the palace go towards up-keeping the Royal collection, as well as to the various charities that the Royal collection supports.

16. Walk up Arthur’s Seat

Arthur’s Seat and Salisbury Crags from the huge hill in the middle of the city which is the site of an over 350 million-year-old extinct volcano. This is one of Europe’s largest enclosed urban parks. And if you want to ee the best views of the city, it is highly recommended.

It is a fairly easy hike, that takes about two hours return. There are faster ways down…. but I don’t recommend them! The grass is very spongy so can be very slippery, especially after it has been raining, so make sure to wear sturdy shoes for your walk-up.

As you walk up, admire the basalt volcanic rock, and note the jagged appearance of Salisbury Crags – the jaggy part. This section was quarried and the stone used to make many of Edinburgh’s monuments, as well as to pave the streets of London . So the streets of London are not paved with gold as the saying goes – they are paved with rock from Arthur’s Seat, which is just as good!

• Hours: Open 24 hours, but hiking not recommended after dark.
• Location: Arthur’s Seat, Holyrood Park.
• Tour stop 3: Holyrood Palace, or stop 4 Dynamic Earth.

17. Dinner and Ghost Tour

To finish off the second day of our three days in Edinburg in the Old Town, we’ll stop for dinner in one of the cozy pubs on the Royal Mile. You can’t go wrong with good pub grub in this area, including at least a few Scottish dishes on every menu.

A few of my favorite pubs to eat in here are The Royal Mile, The Mitre, and The World’s End. Enjoy some comfort food and a pint, or a wee dram of whisky.

18. Edinburgh Ghost Tour

If you’re into the scarier things in life, then sample one of Edinburgh’s ghost tours. There are many to choose from, and the one that includes going under the current streets into the vaults are reputedly the most harrowing ones most likely to incur a strange encounter.

• A recommended Ghost Tour is The Extreme Underground Ghost Tour. Visit the most haunted graveyard in town and then follow your travel guide into the Underground Vaults
• Real Mary King’s Close Tour is a good tour to explore the history of Edinburgh. It was voted Scotland’s Best Heritage Tourism Experience.
• Mary King’s Close  – Discover Edinburgh’s hidden history
• Ghost Tours  – Edinburgh is one of the world’s most haunted cities and you must take one of the many Ghost tours on offer. Recommended: The Double Dead tour through the underground vaults, as well as a graveyard.

If that’s not your style, instead opt for some live music.

Live music on the Royal Mile

Almost all the pubs on the Royal Mile offers live music seven nights a week, usually starting at 9 pm. The Royal Mile, The Mitre, and The World’s End are also good places for local live music, so you could just stay put after dinner and enjoy a few tunes.

• Cost: Food and tours vary by which option you choose.
• Location: The Mitre and The Royal Mile pub on High Street of Royal Mile, The World’s End on Canongate. Ghost tours usually leave from outside St Giles Kirk.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Tour stop 6 John Knox House for High Street and St Giles Kirk, and there or stop 5 Canongate for The World’s End pub.

You have now complete 2 days in Edinburgh. Enjoy your night’s rest and get ready for day 3.

Day 3 in Edinburgh – The New Town and Leith

Click here for an interactive map of three days in Edinburgh day 3.

We’ll spend our last day in Edinburgh visiting the New Town and heading down to the hip waterfront neighborhood of Leith.

19. Scottish National Gallery

The Scottish National Gallery is my favorite gallery in the city. It is a wonderful gallery as it has works by great Scottish artists including Henry Raeburn’s painting of the skating minister and Edwin Landseer’s Monarch of the Glen.

It has a huge amount of masterpieces by many European masters including Van Gogh, Monet, Manet, Gaugin, Cezanne, Rubens, and Canaletto.

• Hours: 10am – 5pm daily.
• Location: The Mound, Princes Street.
• Edinburgh Tour stop 11 for The Mound.

20. Princes Street Gardens

Princes Street Gardens stretch along the length of Princes Street. They were created when the New Town was built in 1726. The gardens sit in a dip in the shadow of Edinburgh Castle and were a lake, The Nor Loch (North Lake) before then.

Take a stroll around the gardens for some time away from people in this peaceful setting right in the city centre.

The West end of Princes Street Gardens has several things to visit.

Things to see on Princes Street

Floral Clock – Just behind the cottage is the floral clock. This is the oldest floral clock in the world and is remade twice a year (for summer and winter flowers) since 1903.

Gardener’s Cottage – This Victorian Cottage was once the home of the gardener who tended the gardens.

Ross Bandstand – This bandstand (the second on this spot) was funded by Henry Ross, and has been used as a communal place for performances, Ceilidhs and concerts over the years.

Ross Fountain – The fountain has just been restored to its original look and glory of 1872 at a cost of almost £2 million.

The East end has some attractions too

Christmas Market – From mid November until the end of the first week in January, the east end of the gardens plays host to a magical Christmas market.

Scott Monument – At the East end of the gardens is a huge 200ft and 6 inches, with 287 steps monument to Sir Walter Scott, one of Edinburgh’s most beloved writers.

• Hours: Gardens open 7am-10pm.
• Location: Princes Street.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Tour stop 11 The Mound.

21. Shopping on Princes Street and George Street

Princes Street is Edinburgh’s main high street shopping area. The street extends about a mile and is directly opposite the Princes Street Gardens.

George Street is located parallel to Princes Street, behind from the gardens. This is the place to shop if you like designer stores. This is the best spot for high end shopping in the city, with a Harrods shop at one end in St Andrews Square.

• Hours: Shops 9am-between 6pm-8pm Monday to Saturday. Sundays they close between 5pm-6pm. Late night on Thursday have most stores opening until 9pm or 10pm.
• Cost: Whatever you buy!
• Location: Princes Street and George Street, New Town.
• Edinburgh Tour stop 11, The Mound, or 13 Hanover Street.

22. Stockbridge for Lunch

On our way down towards the Royal Botanical Gardens, we’ll stop in lovely Stockbridge for lunch.

Stockbridge is one of the most elegant areas of Edinburgh. It is a village within the city full of beautiful Georgian and Victorian townhouses, fancy cafes, restaurants, bars serving artisan beer, and unique boutique shops.

If you can be here on a Sunday (swap your three day Edinbrugh itinerary order if you like), then the place to be is the Stockbridge Market. This is my favorite farmer’s market in the city.

Stockbridge has a plethora of great bistros and cafes to choose from, including Scottish food reinvented at the Scran and Scallie, romantic atmosphere at The Stockbridge Restaurant and Hector’s gastro pub for hearty vegetarian fare.

• Savoring Edinburgh Food Tour  – take a walking tour of Stockbridge that takes in may of its tastes, will be right up your alley.
• Hours: Market Sundays 10am-5pm, restaurants, regular restaurant times, around 11am-10pm.
• Cost: Varies depending on venue, but market lunch around £5-7 per person.
• Location: Saunders Street, Stockbridge.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Tour Majestic Tour stop 2.

23. Royal Botanical Garden

The Royal Botanic Gardens showcases nearly 17,000 species with about 34,000 plants over a 72-acre area, with plants from all over the world on display.

The Queen Mother Memorial Garden, Rock Garden, and Glasshouse are pretty highlights, and events are often held on the lawn in front of historic Inverleith House right in the heart of the gardens.

• Hours: Daily 10am-5pm.
• Location: Arboretum Place.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Tour stop 6.

24. Royal Yacht Britannia

The Royal Yacht Britannia was the official Royal Yacht used by her Majesty the Queen. It was built in 1953, loved and used for 44 years by the Royal family then decommissioned and opened to the public as a floating museum in 1997.

You can walk around where the Queen took her vacations. You can even take a look in the engine room, medical office, and laundry to see how everything was run. While listening to the audio commentary by the royal family.

• Get your Royal Britania ticket and audio guide for just $20 USD. Free cancellation within 24 hours from activity.
• Hours: 9.30am-4.30pm.
• Cost: £16.50, £14.50 senior/student, £8.75 under 18, free under 5.
• Location: Ocean Drive, Leith.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Majestic Tour stop 7.
• Edinburgh City Shore Excursion  – Lonely Planet Tours provides a comprehensive tour of the city leaving from Leith’s Shore area.

25. Leith Dinner and Music

It’s now time to visit the vibrant area of Leith, so this is where we’ll spend our finaly evening of our Edinburgh itinerary.

If you are here on a Saturday or Sunday, head to The Pitt Market. This pioneering street food market is set up in Leith’s industrial Pitt Street and is a new sensation. Set in a huge warehouse with open-air and closed sections, the market is full of local street food vendors with high-quality local produce.

If you’re not here on the weekend head to Barologist, one of Leith’s quirkiest bars. Sumptuous décor and a varied gastropub-style menu with well-placed music make this a great spot for dinner and drinks to be set for the evening. Try the tapas, they’re delicious!

• Hours: The Pitt Market Saturdays 12pm-10pm, Sundays 12pm-8pm. The Barologist daily 11am-12am.
• Cost: £2 entry fee to Pitt Market, food varies, around £5-10 per dish. Barologist starters £5-9, mains £7-15 most dishes, steak more, desserts £5-7.
• Location: Pitt Street, Leith.
• Tour Bus Stop: Edinburgh Majestic Tour stop 8.

Well, there is my city Edinburgh! You have now completed 3 days in Edinburgh.

I know three days isn’t enough to do a city such as this full justice to get to know it, but I hope this guide helps you get a good taster for the various sides to it, and makes you want to return for another trip.

Edinburgh’s own author Ian Rankin’s thoughts echo my own about my home city:

“ Edinburgh isn’t so much a city, more a way of life… I doubt I’ll ever tire of exploring Edinburgh, on foot or in print. ”

3 days in Edinburgh Itinerary Resources

Currency:   XE Currency Converter App.

When to Visit Edinburgh : Being in Britain, expect rain at any time of the year, or day, even if it was sunny when you left in the morning.

• June to August are the best months for weather, but it is also peak season so expect high prices and more crowds.
• Shoulder season is the ideal time in Spring and Fall for lower prices and pleasant weather.
• Winters are cold, but you’ll find the best deals.

Dressing in layers is always a smart move at all times in Edinburgh and bring a small umbrella.

What to Pack:    Packing for Europe

Eagle Creek Plug Adapter –  This all-in-one adapter is all you need for Edinburgh and other European and world travels.

Tours:  For Edinburgh city tours we use  Get your Guide.  

It’s easy to book in advance and most tours have easy cancellations up to 24 hours in advance (check cancellation details before booking) and Get Your guide offers last-minute booking too.

3 Days in Edinburgh Before you Go!

• Ready to fly to Edinburgh? Check out  Cheap Flights here .
• Make sure you have travel insurance. We never travel without it and recommend  World Nomads  for short-term trips. If you are looking for something more long-term check out  Allianz Travel Insurance . Read more about  the value of Travel Insurance here.
• Need Data? KnowRoaming offers unlimited data and roaming for $3.99 per day. Planetd readers receive a  50% discount with code DDSave30 . Read our  review here .
• Where to Stay in Edinburgh

Wondering where to stay in Edinburgh? Check out Karen’s comprehensive breakdown of each neighborhood and recommendations for the best hotels. Or you can click the links directly below.

• Leith  – The most international part of the city has become a gastronomical hot spot located at the city’s port.
• Stockbridge  – The trendiest “village” in Edinburgh, says hipster cool by the bucket load.
• Old Town/The Royal Mile  – Historic and haunted area with cobbled streets.
• New Town/City Centre  – Filled with the best shopping and the city’s most iconic streets like Princes, Rose and George Streets.
• Morningside/Bruntsfield  – Leafy parks line this upmarket part of the city.

Looking to plan a trip to Edinburgh? Pin this guide to Pinterest to save for future travel planning.

Read More Scotland Travel Tips

• 21 Best Things To Do in Edinburgh, Scotland
• 8 Things to do in Inverness – The Capital of the Scottish Highlands
• Game of Thrones Filming Locations You Can Visit in Real Life
• The Complete Guide to the North Coast 500
• 34 of the Best Things to do in Dublin, Ireland

Many people visit other European Cities when they travel to Edinburgh, check out these other city travel guides:

• Where to Stay in Dublin, Ireland: Best Areas and Hotels for Every Budget
• 3 Days in London – The Ultimate London Itinerary
• 3 Days In Paris City Guide
• Where to Stay in Paris
• Top places to visit in Wales

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

• Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
• Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

15 Places to Ring in The New Year Around the World

The Ultimate One Day in Rome Itinerary: How To Maximize Your Visit

London Itinerary – Planning the Best 3 Days in London In 2024

About Karen Worrall

Karen Worrall is a travel blogger and freelance writer. Based in Edinburgh, Scotland, she has lived in six countries, including London in England, and sailed the seven seas entertaining on cruise ships for 13 years. You can find her on  Facebook ,  Instagram , and on her website  Cruise Ship Karen .

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

5 thoughts on “3 Days in Edinburgh – The Complete Edinburgh Itinerary”

Edinburg is really a place worth visiting. I visited Edinburg during my last vacation and I thoroughly enjoyed the city.

Edinburgh is a fascinating historical city. It is a beautiful city to visit.

Edinburg is really a place worth visiting. I visited Edinburg during my last vacation and I thoroughly enjoyed the city. I visited the Wallace William castle and the view from the top was fantastic. Its really an interesting city

The place looks so nice, I will visit.

Nice travel information when we want to UK especially London !

3 Days in Edinburgh, Scotland a Great Itinerary for 2024

This post is also available in: French

Planning to spend 3 days in Edinburgh, and looking to see as much as possible? There are so many things to see and do around the city. This 3-day itinerary will help you make the most out of your stay in Edinburgh. 

Edinburgh, Scotland is a small city packed with experiences. From exploring the rich Scottish heritage to following in the footsteps of inventors, artists, and writers, Edinburgh has plenty of things to see and do.

I recently spent three days in Edinburgh and explored much of the city. I also took a day trip, which I recommend everyone with at least three days in Edinburgh do, as you get the chance to see the beautiful Scottish countryside. Here is what I did with my three days in Edinburgh.

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. This means that should you click on certain links, and then subsequently purchase a product, I will receive a small commission.

Table of Contents

What to do in Edinburgh in 3 days

• Day 1: Edinburgh Castle, Camera Obscura & World of Illusions, The Scotch Whisky Experience, Real Mary’s Kings Close, St Giles Cathedral, Royal Mile, Princess Street Gardens, Carlton Hill
• Day 2: Palace of Holyrood, Dynamic Earth, Arthur’s Seat, Royal Yacht Britannia, Water of Leith Walkway, Ghost Tour
• Day 3: Day trip ideas from Edinburgh

Tip: I highly recommend the Royal Edinburgh Ticket as it gives you access to Edinburgh Castle, the Palace of Holyroodhouse, and the Royal Yacht Britannia. It also includes hop-on, hop-off bus access on the city’s three sightseeing buses.

Edinburgh in 3 Days Map

3 Days in Edinburgh: Day One

Begin your three days in Edinburgh itinerary with a visit to the upper end of the Royal Mile – known as Castlehill. Here, you’ll find the Castle, several cultural exhibitions, and a couple of incredible places to try local food and whiskey.

Visit Edinburgh Castle

Every first visit to Edinburgh should begin with a visit to Edinburgh Castle. Sitting atop Castle Rock, and dominating the city’s skyline, the settlement on the castle dates back to the 2nd century AD, while there has been a royal residence on the site since the 12th century AD. By the 17th century, it was primarily a military barracks.

It has played a role in almost every Scottish battle and is thought to be the most besieged British fortress in history. St. Margaret’s Chapel is the oldest surviving building in Edinburgh. The Scottish crown jewels are also on display here. During the August festival, Edinburgh Castle plays host to the Military Tattoo performances.

Edinburgh Castle is a very popular attraction so to skip the long lines I recommend booking a skip the line guided tour in advance .

See the Camera Obscura and Experience Illusions

This is a wonderful experience if you have children, as it’s a unique way to see Edinburgh. A camera obscura, or “dark room,” is a type of illusion that allows the viewer to see the image projected through a small pinhole in the wall.

The Camera Obscura in Edinburgh is located near the Castle and has six floors of illusions and other visual puzzles. While it is the oldest tourist-built building in Edinburgh and one of the oldest in the UK, the center still functions as a learning center as well as a tourist attraction.

For more information: the Camera Obscura website

Scotch Whisky Experience

Scotch lovers and anyone that is remotely interested in the national drink of Scotland should pay a visit to the Scotch Whisky Experience, a high-tech, interactive galleria of scotch. Tours range from a one-hour introduction to scotch to a three-hour experience with dinner.

The Scotch Whisky Experience also has the Diageo Claive Vidiz Collection, an extensive collection of over 3,380 bottles of whiskey amassed by a Brazilian whiskey collector that was returned to Scotland in 2006. It is surrounded by these bottles where you get to taste your whiskey from the tour!

Click here for more information and to book the Scotch Whisky Experience Tour and Tasting.

For more information: the Scotch Whisky Experience website

Lunch at the Witchery by the castle

The Witchery is a luxury boutique Gothic hotel and restaurant hidden in a series of buildings on Castlehill, at the top of the Royal Mile. It is owned by Edinburgh hotelier James Thomson and is a fabulous place to enjoy an indulgent meal.

The Witchery is a richly oak-paneled baroque dining room, while the adjacent Secret Garden is a now-enclosed courtyard. Lunch, afternoon tea, and dinner menus at the Witchery showcase the best of Scottish produce all year long and feature local producers as much as possible.

For more information: The Witchery by the Castle website.

The Real Mary King’s Close

Edinburgh is made up of lanes called closes. They begin at the Royal Mile and lead perpendicularly down on either side, are typically very narrow, and once were the life and soul of Edinburgh. Hundreds of people lived in each close, one tenement house atop the other as the lane sloped downward. At times, as many as eight houses were stacked one on top of the other.

Today, you can walk through many of the closes as they’re still accessible. Others, like Mary King’s Close, were closed up, and have since been restored to show what life what like in 17th, 18th, and 19th century Edinburgh. A tour of Real Mary King’s Close explores the narrow streets and homes of a hidden Edinburgh.

Click here for more information and to book the Real Mary King’s Close Guided Tour.

For more information: The Real Mary King’s Close website

St. Giles Cathedral

St. Giles Cathedral is located on the Royal Mile, just below the castle. It is the High Kirk of Edinburgh, or the main church, and has been a focal point of the Church of Scotland for almost a thousand years. The present church dates to the 14th century, although some say the central pillars are older by several hundred years. It is named for the patron saint of Edinburgh, St. Giles.

Walk the Royal Mile

The Royal Mile is Edinburgh’s High Street, a bustling series of streets that run downhill from Edinburgh Castle to Holyrood Palace. Located at the heart of the Old Town, the Royal Mile is as old as the city itself.

The term “royal mile” was coined in the early 20th century and popularised in subsequent guidebooks; none of the streets that make up the mile are actually called the Royal Mile. Street names are Castlehill, Lawnmarket, High Street, Canongate, and Abbey Strand. The stretch, which is just about one mile long, is lined with tourist shops, hotels, pubs, and more.

Princes Street Gardens

Princes Street Gardens is a public garden located between Edinburgh’s Old and New Towns. It was created in the 1770s and 1820s, following the draining of Nor Loch and the early building of New Town.

There are two parts of the gardens, East Princes Street Gardens, which runs from Waverley Station to the National Galleries, and West Princes Street Gardens, which are larger and run down the remaining length of Princes Street. There are many monuments and statues within the park, commemorating people like Sir Walter Scott, David Livingstone, and Lord Provost Adam Black.

Shopping on Princes Street and George Street

Princes Street and George Street are two of Edinburgh’s best shopping streets. Many of the UK brand names stores have Scottish flagship shops on Princes Street, like Topshop and Topman, House of Fraser, Debenhams, and Marks & Spencer. George Street, which is the main thoroughfare of the New Town, boasts high-end brands like Anthropologie, Jigsaw, Jaeger, Lakeland, and Jo Malone London.

Admire the sunset from Calton Hill

Calton Hill is a hill in central Edinburgh, and it is home to the Scottish government at St Andrew’s House on the southern slope of the hill. The Parliament building and Holyrood Palace (also called the Palace of Holyroodhouse) are at the base of the hill and the base of the Royal Mile. Calton Hill is famous for its views of the city and is featured in many artworks and photography.

At the top of the hill are the National Monument, Nelson Monument, Robert Burns Monument, and others. The National Monument, also considered Scotland’s Disgrace and Edinburgh’s Folly, is an unfinished replica of the Parthenon in Athens and is dedicated to those who lost their lives in the Napoleonic Wars.

Edinburgh Christmas Markets

If you are in Edinburgh during Christmas, you must check out the Christmas Market. Set up in the East Princes Garden along Princes Street, the market offers traditional and unique booths with local and international vendors.

You can meet Santa, explore the fairground rides, try to find the elves workshop in the Christmas maze, shop for gifts, taste a variety of foods, relax at the Bothy Bar, and more. Full of locals and visitors alike, the Edinburgh Christmas Markets are a must-do during the holidays!

3 Days in Edinburgh: Day Two

On your second of three days in Edinburgh, explore more of the city’s historic and cultural attractions in the Old and New Towns. In the afternoon, venture into Leith, Edinburgh’s post town, to visit Queen Elizabeth’s former yacht and enjoy a drink at one of the local bars in this up-and-coming neighborhood.

Holyrood Palace

At the far end of the Royal Mile from Edinburgh Castle is another royal residence, the Palace of Holyroodhouse. The official Scottish residence of the British monarch, it has been home to the Kings and Queens of Scotland since the 16th century.

Holyrood has also been home to historical figures like Mary, Queen of Scots, Bonnie Prince Charlie, and Comte d’Artois, Louis XVI’s younger brother. Holyrood Palace is open to the public for tours when the Queen is not in residence. She spends one week here at the beginning of each summer.

Click here to buy your tickets to Holyrood Palace.

Dynamic Earth (great for children)

Dynamic Earth tells the story of our planet, from the beginning of time to the present day. Visitors to this interactive and multi-sensory attraction can experience the growth of the solar system, feel a polar ice cap grow cold beneath their hand, witness the aurora, or feel the earth shake during a volcano. They also have a 360-degree dome cinema where, with the help of surround sound audio, you can learn about supervolcanoes and more.

For more information: The Dynamic Earth website

Hike Arthur’s Seat

Edinburgh has two volcanic crags. One is Castle Rock, atop which sits Edinburgh Castle, and the other is Arthur’s Seat. Located in the Queen’s Gardens, behind Holyrood Palace at the base of the Royal Mile, Arthur’s Seat is a popular hiking and running destination for locals and visitors.

There are several hiking routes to the summit, which offers lovely views of the city to one side and the Firth of Forth to the other. Sunrise and sunset are great times to head to the top.

Take the bus to Ocean Terminal to see the Royal Yacht Britannia

Her Majesty’s Yacht Britannia, also known as the Royal Yacht, is the former yacht of Queen Elizabeth. It was in service from 1954 until 1997 and is now berthed at Ocean Terminal in Leith, Edinburgh. The Royal Yacht was built in John Brown & Co Shipyard in Clydebank, Glasgow, and was designed so it could be used as a hospital ship in wartime and a sanctuary in case of nuclear war.

In 1986, it helped evacuate refugees from Yemen during their civil war. Tours include a visit to the Queen’s bedroom, state apartments, and common spaces, as well as deck tours and a stop at the bridge.

For more information: The Royal Yacht Britannia website

Water of Leith Walk

Leith is located in the north of Edinburgh, and during the shipping heyday was a major port town. It has undergone a major revival since the 1980s and is now home to a vibrant dining and shopping scene.

You can walk down Leith Walk, the major roadway connecting Edinburgh and Leith, or walk down a more serene pathway along the water and canal to the waterside, where you’ll find plenty of restaurants, bars, and cafes to relax.

Leith is an affordable place to live, and attracts a wide range of residents, making this community one of the most diverse and thriving in Edinburgh.

Take A Ghost Tour

Edinburgh, like most medieval cities, is famous for its ghost tours. There is a variety to choose from – I recommend this one , although if you are traveling with children, there are more suitable options – and they all highlight the doomed souls of this dark place.

The tour begins at the Blair Street Underground Vaults, where your tour guide will regale you with stories of the dastardly deeds done by the residents. Following tales of murder, hanging, and cannibalism, you’ll walk along the streets to the Canongate graveyard, home to David Rizzio – lover of Mary Queen of Scots – and James Douglas, the 3rd Marquess of Queensberry, who also happened to be a cannibal.

Click here for more information and to book this tour.

3 Days in Edinburgh: Day Three

On your third day in Edinburgh, take a day trip out of the city. A full-day tour, offered by Rabbies, a local Scottish touring company, will allow you to see the stunning Scottish countryside, take in a few castles and lochs, and perhaps even taste a little more whiskey.

I recommend the following day tours from Edinburgh:

West Highland Lochs and Castles

This tour explores the Western Highlands, stopping at places like Doune Castle, featured in both Monty Python and Outlander, Kilchurn Castle, set on the banks of Loch Awe, the medieval town of Inverary, and the conservation town of Luss. The route takes guests through the Arrochar Alps and along the shores of stunning Loch Lomond.

Loch Ness and the Highlands

This tour winds its way through Rannoch Moor and Glencoe before arriving at the picturesque (and mysterious) Loch Ness. Guests will learn stories of the Scottish Highlands and have the chance to look out for the Loch Ness Monster on an optional boat tour of the loch.

Stirling Castle and Loch Lomond

Visit Stirling Castle, home to several great Scottish battles, and the William Wallace monument. This central region of Linlithgow has important historical significance to the Scots. Leaving Stirling, travel northwest to Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park and see Scotland in Miniature exhibit at the Trossachs before taking a nature walk along the shores of Loch Lomond.

Edinburgh is a great starting point to explore the rest of Scotland by train or on a road trip.

Useful tips for your 3 days in Edinburgh

The royal edinburgh ticket.

If you want to see the three major royal sites in Edinburgh during your three days in Edinburgh, then you should consider purchasing the Royal Edinburgh ticket. This pass gets you into Edinburgh Castle, the Palace of Holyroodhouse, and the Royal Yacht Britannia.

They are not only the three most important royal sites in Edinburgh, but they are also among the most popular attractions, and with this ticket, you’ll get fast-tracked entrance – a perk during high season. The Royal Edinburgh Ticket also includes hop-on, hop-off bus access on the city’s three sightseeing buses.

Click here for more information and to buy your Royal Edinburgh Ticket. 

Historic Scotland Explorer Pass

The Historic Scotland Explorer Pass allows holders free access to over 70 different historic sites in Scotland (only 40 of these are open in the winter). Depending on the region you’re visiting, you can purchase a region-specific pass. Many of Edinburgh’s major attractions are included in the pass, with the exception of Holyroodhouse. Passes are valid for 5 or 14 days and can be purchased in advance or at any of the properties.

Click here for more information and to buy your Historic Scotland Pass.

Where to Stay in Edinburgh

Edinburgh has some wonderful hotels in both the Old and New Town, for anyone spending three days in Edinburgh. In the Old Town, it’s easy to stay near the important historical sites when you stay at Macdonald Holyrood Hotel, while in the New Town at Indigo Hotel, you are just steps from the shopping on Princes and George Street.

Macdonald Holyrood Hotel

Macdonald Holyrood Hotel is located at the base of the Royal Mile, behind the Scottish Parliament building. Its central location is great for those in Edinburgh on business or pleasure. The 157-room hotel features an award-winning spa, an extensive wine cellar, and excellent views of the Old Town.

Click here to read more about my stay at the Macdonald Holyrood Hotel.

Hotel Indigo

Hotel Indigo is a locally owned boutique hotel, located in New Town’s York Square. It is just steps from Waverley Station and a tram stop in St. Andrew’s Square, making it an ideal location for both business and leisure travelers. Rooms at this charming hotel are individually designed and reflect the history and culture of this ancient capital city.

Click here to read more about my stay at the Indigo Hotel.

Edinburgh is a charming city, small and compact but with so many things to see and do! Three days in Edinburgh is a great introduction to the capital of Scotland, whose history ranges from prehistoric settlers to modern-day royals.

Visitors to this vibrant city can visit the castle, view the city from Arthur’s Seat, explore the Queen’s former royal yacht, or learn about the history of whiskey at the Scotch Whisky Experience. With at least three days in Edinburgh, you can even get out of the city for a day to see some of Scotland’s countryside, from the famous Loch Lomond to the mysterious Loch Ness, and everything in between. I enjoyed my time in Edinburgh and looking forward to going back to see more.

Sharing is caring!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

She Loves Wanderlust

Europe · 13 February, 2024

3 Days in Edinburgh: The Ultimate Itinerary

Last Updated on 29 February, 2024

Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland, is a city that leaves a lasting impression. It’s a place that transports you back in time with its stunning medieval sandstone architecture, quaint cobblestone streets, and picturesque alleyways lined with cosy pubs. The iconic Edinburgh Castle perched on an extinct volcano, and the regal Palace of Holyroodhouse are some of the city’s must-see landmarks. It’s a vibrant city with a thriving arts and culture scene, including the famous Edinburgh Fringe Festival and world-class museums and galleries. Edinburgh has something for everyone, whether you’re into art or history or simply enjoying a good time. With 3 days in Edinburgh, you’re guaranteed to have an unforgettable adventure.

3 Days in Edinburgh

Three days in Edinburgh is an excellent time to explore Edinburgh for the first time. You’ll have an opportunity to check out both New and Old Towns that are UNESCO World Heritage Sites, visit the famous Edinburgh Castle and Palace of Holyroodhouse, climb Arthur’s Seat and Calton Hill, wander through the picturesque Dean Village, find the best photo spots, try delicious Scottish food, and have fun at different attractions.

I have been to Edinburgh two times and would come back again in a heartbeat! Writing this itinerary allowed me to relive my trips to Edinburgh, which I immensely enjoyed.

To help you navigate the city daily, I have created a ‘3 Days in Edinburgh’ itinerary on Google Maps, which you can find  here .

Table of Contents

3 Days in Edinburgh – Day 1

The city is divided into an Old Town and a New Town, so it makes sense to start with one side. On day one, you will explore Edinburgh’s Old Town. It’s a historic area with the famous Royal Mile (the spine of Edinburgh’s Old Town, connecting its most significant landmarks) and full of detailed stonework, cobblestone streets with narrow passages and hidden nooks. This part of the city is the most charming and full of surprises, in my opinion.

Edinburgh Castle

Edinburgh Castle is the city’s most iconic landmark, with a rich history that spans over a thousand years. The castle has undergone numerous renovations and expansions over the centuries, symbolising Scotland’s heritage. It has been used as a military fortress, royal residence, and prison of war.

Once inside, you can explore the castle’s historic chambers, such as the Crown Jewels exhibition and the iconic Great Hall, to learn more about its fascinating past. You can tour the castle independently with an optional audio guide or as part of a guided tour.  I recommend you visit it as soon as it opens as there’s usually a long queue.

• Open: Daily 9:30-16:00/17:00/18:00 (depending on what time of the year you’re visiting, check here )
• Standard admission: under 7 yrs £0; child £9-£11.40; concession £11.40-£15.50; adult £15.50-£19.50 (must be booked in advance for the best price and to guarantee entry, especially in summer months. Once the tickets are sold out online, there won’t be tickets available at the castle)
• Address: Castlehill, EH1 2NG
• Visiting duration: 2-3 hours

The Scotch Whisky Experience or Camera Obscura & World of Illusions

Only a few minutes walk from Edinburgh Castle, at the top of the Royal Mile, is your next attraction: The Scotch Whisky Experience. It’s a guided tour where you will learn about the history of Scotch whisky and its different regions of Scotland. You will also see the world’s most extensive Scotch whisky collection and taste some of the best.

There, you will also find a restaurant where you can buy and sample the whisky yourself and a Scotch whisky shop; both can be visited even if you are not doing a tour.

• Opening hours: Daily 9:00-17:00
• Admission Fee: £23-£96 (depending on the type of tour; book here )
• Address: 354 Castlehill, EH1 2NE
• Visiting duration: 50 mins – 3 hours (depending on the type the tour)

Suppose you don’t fancy doing the whisky tour or you don’t drink. In that case, I recommend you visit Camera Obscura & World of Illusions, just across the road from the Scotch Whisky Experience. The museum offers over 100 fun and interactive optical illusions suitable for all ages, spanning over five floors. As an added bonus, it has a rooftop with the best views of Edinburgh.

• Opening hours: Daily 9:30-22:00
• Admission Fee: under 5yrs £0; child £17.95; concession £20.95; adult £22.95 (book here )
• Address: 549 Castlehill, EH1 2NE
• Visiting duration: 1hr 45mins

This will be the perfect opportunity to try Scottish food during your 3 days in Edinburgh! Here are a few places I recommend for lunch that are near the previous attractions:

• Makars Mash Bar  – Scottish comfort food specialising in mashed potatoes flavoured with meat or vegetarian toppings.
• Deacon Brodies Tavern  – a historical pub that opened in 1806. It has delicious pub food, speciality meat pies, and a large selection of real ales.
• Scotts Kitchen  – located on the terrace of Victoria Street (which you will explore later on), it’s a perfect spot to take in Edinburgh’s atmosphere.
• Bertie’s Proper Fish & Chips  – as the name suggests, it’s fish & chips, but it’s one of the best in town. It also has Scottish delicacies such as haggis, steak pie, meat pudding, and much more!

Advocates Close (photo spot)

After lunch, continue walking the Royal Mile, where you’ll find many narrow alleyways, including  Advocates Close . It’s located between  Specialist Cigar Merchants  and  Thistle Do Nicely  shops. I find it fascinating as it’s of medieval origin and dates from at least the 15th century. During that period, the street was considered a prestigious location, attracting members of the Scottish gentry and professionals who resided there with their families and household staff.

St Giles’ Cathedral

St Giles’ Cathedral was founded in 1124 by King David I and has been an active church for nearly 900 years. The cathedral has played a significant role throughout Scotland’s religiously turbulent history. It is an essential centre for civic services such as the Kirking of the Parliament and services for the Most Ancient and Most Noble Order of the Thistle.

It has an audio tour which will lead you through the building and tell you about its rich history and architecture and the secrets and stories of the cathedral. The tour lasts 25 mins and costs £5.50. However, it’s only offered in English and can only be accessed on your phone via a QR code.

• Opening hours: Mon-Fri 10:00-18:00; Sat 09:00-17:00; Sun 13:00-17:00
• Admission Fee: Run by donation, suggested donation £6. Audio tour £5.50.
• Address:  High St, EH1 1RE
• How long it will take: 5 mins; 25 mins if doing an audio tour

Cockburn Street

After St Giles’ Cathedral, continue walking down the Royal Mile until you reach Cockburn Street, which will be on your left. It’s a picturesque Victorian spot with places for food and boutique shops. It is believed it inspired Harry Potter’s Diagon Alley, the magical shopping street.

Lady Stair’s Close (photo spot) & The Writers’ Museum

A hidden gem, Lady Stair’s Close is a dark little alley and a picture-perfect spot with slabs filled with famous quotes. It leads you down to one of the most outstanding buildings in the city, Lady Stairs House on Makers Close.

The Writers’ Museum, housed in Lady Stair’s House, showcases the lives of three famous Scottish writers – Robert Burns, Sir Walter Scott, and Robert Louis Stevenson. The museum displays these writers’ personal belongings and rare books, such as Burns’ writing desk, Scott’s printing press, and Stevenson’s riding boots.

• Opening hours: Mon – Sun 10:00-17:00 (last entry 16:30)
• Admission Fee: Free; recommended donation £3
• Address: Lawnmarket, Lady Stair’s Cl, EH1 2PA
• How long it will take: 45mins

Victoria Street & W Bow Street

Victoria Street is a charming cobblestone lane that winds its way to W Bow Street. The street is home to an eclectic mix of speciality shops, boutiques, galleries, delightful cafés and restaurants. The stunning architecture is given a touch of whimsy by its beautiful curve. Harry Potter’s Diagon Alley is also believed to have been inspired by Victoria Street.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, you will enjoy Museum Context: Retailer of Harry Potter Merchandise shop.

Grassmarket & Photo Spots

W Bow Street leads you onto the Grassmarket area. Once a medieval marketplace and a site for public executions, it is now a lively place filled with vibrant drinking spots and shops. The area’s violent past may have ended in 1784. Still, some traditional pubs like  The Last Drop  continue to keep the bloody tale alive.

Cold Town House (photo spot)

Outside the Cold Town House restaurant is the perfect spot for photos. The restaurant has a beautiful floral vine on its wall with a background of Edinburgh Castle.

The Vennel Viewpoint (photo spot)

Opposite  Cold Town House,  next to  Purple Glamour , you’ll find a street called Vennel and stairs leading up to its viewpoint. Walk up and discover another perfect place for photos with Edinburgh Castle in the background.

Grassmarket is full of great restaurants and pubs, so staying in the area for dinner makes sense. I recommend  The Last Drop , a pub where, in the 17th century, those on death row would have their final drink before facing their fate at the gallows, conveniently located near Grassmarket Square, where many public executions occurred in the past. Today, it’s a cosy pub with delicious Scottish comfort food.

Other great pubs for dinner:

• The Beehive Inn
• Maggie Dickson’s
• The White Hart Inn

Potion Making Experience at the Department of Magic

What’s the best way to end your first day of 3 days in Edinburgh than immersing yourself in an entertaining, interactive, self-guided cocktail-making class!? A 10-minute walk from the Last Drop, The Department of Magic is in a hidden magical bar underground where you’ll get to play a witch or a wizard and brew delicious, smoky, bubbly cocktails! You can choose whether you want alcoholic or non-alcoholic potions.

• Opening hours: Mon-Fri 14:00-21:30, Sat-Sun 11:00-21.30
• Admission Fee: £16.50 per person (book here )
• Address: 9 Blair St, EH1 1QR
• How long it will take: 75 minutes

3 Days in Edinburgh – Day 2

Day 2 of your 3 days in Edinburgh will take you to the top of the famous hill in Edinburgh, then to the king’s official residence in Scotland, followed by lunch in cosy tea rooms in a charming Victorian-style building. Then you’ll have a chance to see the famous dog statue and the churchyard. After that, you can go on an underground tour that takes you back 400 years. You’ll finish your evening in one of the most famous restaurants in town.

Arthur’s Seat

Arthur’s Seat is an ancient volcanic peak, 823 feet above sea level, rising dramatically from Holyrood Park. The hike to the summit is relatively easy, takes around an hour, and will reward you with breathtaking panoramic views of the city and its surroundings. Historically, rock from this site was transported down to London to pave the streets.

• Opening hours: 24 hours, but not recommended after dark
• Entrance Fee: free
• Address: hikes starts from the Holyrood Park Road entrance, just along from the Commonwealth Pool
• How long it will take: about two hours return

Palace of Holyroodhouse

Once you’re finished admiring the views of the city, make your way down the hill the other way towards Queen’s Dr, which will take you directly to the Palace of Holyroodhouse. The Palace dates back to the 12th century and has served as the official royal residence of the Kings and Queens of Scotland for centuries. Today, it’s where The King stays when carrying out official engagements in Scotland.

The Palace is renowned for its stunning architecture, grand baroque facade and picturesque gardens. Once inside, you’ll see the State Apartments and the Great Gallery, decorated with remarkable artworks and regal furnishings. To make the most of your time, pick up the complimentary multimedia guide at the start of your visit, which will explain much about the Palace.

• Opening hours: 1 Apr-31 Oct 9:30-18:00 (last admission 16:30); 1 Nov-31 Mar 9:30-16:30 (last admission 15:15); the palace has some closures, please check the dates here before visiting
• Entrance Fee: under 5 yrs £0; disabled £10; 15-17 yrs £10; 18-24 yrs £13; adult £20 (some tickets are cheaper online, book here )
• Address: Canongate, The Royal Mile, EH8 8DX
• How long it will take: 1 hour

Lunch at Clarinda’s Tearoom

After touring the palace and being on your feet for quite some time now, it’s the perfect time to take a break and have lunch at Clarinda’s Tearoom, located 5 minutes from the palace. Agnes Maclehose, aka “Clarinda,” was a Scottish woman renowned for her romantic correspondence with the poet Robert Burns in the late 18th century. Filled with passion and intellect, their letters have become celebrated as one of the most captivating epistolary exchanges in literary history.

The tearoom is a charming little place with Victorian decor where you can enjoy delicious tea and cakes and lunch food such as soup and sandwiches.

Greyfriars Bobby Fountain

Greyfriars Bobby was a dog born in 1855. He was a Skye Terrier who became well known for his loyalty to his owner, John Gray. John was a night watchman for the City Police, and Bobby would follow him around while he worked. Unfortunately, John died of tuberculosis three years later. Despite this, Bobby remained devoted and spent the next 14 years guarding John’s grave at Greyfriars Kirkyard. Bobby’s unwavering commitment touched the hearts of locals and visitors. Now, there is a statue of him near the kirkyard that you can visit. It has become a tradition to touch Bobby’s nose for good luck. Located about 20 mins walk from Clarinda’s or 13 mins on bus no. 35.

Greyfriars Kirkyard

Greyfriars Kirkyard is located opposite Bobby’s statue. In Scottish, kirkyard means churchyard, and it is the final resting place of John Gray, who was buried there. Later, Bobby was also buried in the same kirkyard, just a few feet away from his owner. If you visit this place, you will also come across the graves of other famous people who are believed to have inspired JK Rowling’s Harry Potter characters, such as Tom Riddle (Tom Riddell), Moodie (Alastor Moody), Scrymgeour (Rufus Scrimgeour), Cruikshanks (whose name is not spelt exactly like the famous cat), as well as the Potters and McGonagall (who was the Head of Gryffindor).

• Opening hours: 24 hours a day
• Entrance Fee: Free
• Address: 26A Candlemaker Row, EH1 2QQ
• How long it will take: 10 minutes

The Real Mary King’s Close Tour

To continue with the spooky theme, for the final attraction, you’ll return to the old town’s Royal Mile, where the Real Mary King’s Close Tour will take place, about 7 minutes from the kirkyard.

The tour will take you underground to explore hidden streets from the 17th century. Guides dressed in historical costumes will lead you through narrow passages, sharing stories about life in old Edinburgh. It’s a fascinating experience to step back in time and discover the secrets of the underground world.

• Opening hours: Daily 9:30 – 21:00 (last tour hours vary, please check in advance here )
• Entrance Fee: 5-15 yrs £16, adult £22.50 (book here )
• Address: 2 Warriston’s Cl, EH1 1PG
• How long it will take: 1 hour (standard tour)

The Witchery by the Castle (which you might have noticed on day one as it’s such a pretty building it’s hard to miss) is a beautiful and popular restaurant in Edinburgh, housed in a stunning 16th-century building with a gothic-style dining room. Despite its name, which comes from the nearby site where women were burned at the stake for witchcraft, the restaurant is known for its delicious food and pleasant waiting staff. It’s highly recommended to book in advance due to its popularity.

3 Days in Edinburgh – Day 3

The final day of your 3 days in Edinburgh will take you to the New Town and Dean Village, where you will climb a more minor but also famous hill in Edinburgh. You’ll see some more beautiful architecture, take a break in a café with castle views, and visit the city’s gardens. You will end your night in a grand cocktail lounge followed by dinner in the most stunning building.

Calton Hill

This famous hill is the perfect place to soak up more stunning panoramic views of the city and see the iconic monuments – the National Monument (a memorial to the Scottish soldiers and sailors), the Nelson Monument, and the Dugald Stewart Monument. The route to the top is easy and takes 10-20 mins.

• Opening hours: open 24 hours a day
• Address: Calton Hill, EH7 5AA
• How long it will take: 10-20 mins

Scott Monument

Located 8 mins from Calton Hill, Scott Monument is the first thing you see when you arrive in Edinburgh by train and come out of the train station – it stands proudly in the Princes Street Gardens and is of beautiful gothic architecture. The monument is dedicated to Sir Walter Scott, a Scottish historian and novelist, and it’s one of the most significant monuments to a writer anywhere in the world.

You can climb to the tower via a spiral staircase, but it’s pretty narrow and has 287 steps.

• Opening hours: Daily 10:00 – 15:30 (closed for lunch daily 12:30-13:45; guided tours every 30 mins; last tour 15:50)
• Entrance Fee: Child/concession £6; adult £8; family ticket £20 (purchase tickets at the monument’s kiosk on arrival)
• Address: E. Princes St Gardens, EH2 2EJ

Princes Street Gardens

Princes Street Gardens separates the Old and the New Towns and is a lovely oasis in the middle of the city. Take a stroll through the gardens, which is excellent in any season.

Café at Waterstones

Head to the café at Waterstones Bookshop on Princes Street, which is an ideal stop for a little break with tea and a bite to eat. Try to get a table by the window to admire the view of Edinburgh Castle.

Dean Village

After you’ve regained your energy, it’s time to head to Dean Village, which is about a 15-minute walk from the bookshop. Dean Village is a countryside-like little area that’s very picturesque and peaceful, with a river running through it. There is only a little to do besides admiring the surroundings.

Head to  Peacock Alley  lounge in the famous and luxurious Waldorf Astoria Hotel to end your evening. Peacock Alley is where their afternoon tea takes place, but you can also relax and enjoy a delicious cocktail or two. The building is interesting because it was part of the Caledonian Railway’s Edinburgh Princes Street station when it was closed in 1965. The lounge has kept much of its interior, and the original station clock has been preserved in the hotel.

The Dome  restaurant (15 minutes walk from Peacock Alley), located in a stunning former banking hall that retains all the original Georgian architecture, is one of the famous Edinburgh landmarks. The bar and the restaurant are recognised as the best in the city, so it would be a real treat to dine here on the last night of your 3 days in Edinburgh! 

If you don’t feel like travelling from Peacock Alley to The Dome, I’d suggest going only to The Dome as it also has a beautiful bar. To guarantee a table, I recommend  making a reservation .

Other Things To Do During 3 Days in Edinburgh

National museum of scotland.

The National Museum of Scotland is a free museum with diverse exhibits covering Scottish history, culture, natural history, science, and technology. It offers an engaging and interactive journey through Scotland’s past, present, and future.

Scottish National Gallery

The Scottish National Gallery is a famous art museum with an impressive collection of artworks from various periods and styles. It features masterpieces by renowned Scottish and international artists, including Rembrandt, Van Gogh, and Titian.

Free Museums on Royal Mile

• The Museum of Edinburgh – showcases the city’s history and culture through interactive displays and artefacts.
• The Museum of Childhood – showcases nostalgic toys, games, and artefacts from different eras, offering insight into the lives of children through the ages.
• The People’s Story – tells the city’s social history through its residents’ lives.

Scottish Parliament

Visit the Scottish Parliament to learn how it works, its history, and how it operates as an organisation. The building won numerous awards, including the 2005 Stirling Prize, and has been described as “a tour de force of arts and crafts and quality without parallel in the last 100 years of British architecture”.

Royal Yacht Britannia

The Royal Yacht Britannia is the former royal yacht you can visit and discover its luxurious interiors, including the state apartments, royal bedrooms, and the elegant royal deck tea room. It offers a fascinating glimpse into the lives of the British royal family and their travels worldwide.

Leith is a vibrant district located north of Edinburgh’s city centre, known for its maritime history and lively atmosphere. Visitors can explore its historic docks, trendy bars, and diverse culinary scene, offering a unique blend of old-world charm and modern energy.

Rosslyn Chapel

Rosslyn Chapel is an old chapel known for its intricate stone carvings and mysterious symbols. The chapel’s detailed architecture and rich history have inspired many legends and theories over the years. You can visit the chapel by taking a local bus from Edinburgh, which takes around an hour. Rosslyn Chapel was featured in the movie The Da Vinci Code.

Tartan Weaving Mill and Exhibition

If you’ve ever been curious about creating tartan, now you can witness looms in action weaving the pattern. Additionally, there’s an exhibit showcasing the history of tartan, providing information on its development and various applications.

City Of The Dead Tours (Ghost Tour)

City of the Dead Tours offers thrilling guided walks through the city’s most haunted locations, including the infamous underground vaults. Led by knowledgeable guides, you can delve into Edinburgh’s dark and mysterious history, hearing tales of ghosts, murders, and paranormal encounters along the way.

Free Walking Tour

If you’d rather have someone show you around and tell you the history of famous landmarks and most attractive spots, you might enjoy a  free  2-hour walking tour. Please note that it’s not entirely free – it’s based on tips where you pay what you think the tour guide is worth. I’ve done a few of these kinds of tours in other countries, and they are usually perfect because the tour guides try their best to get a higher tip.

Armchair Books

If you’re a book lover, you’ll love this second-hand vintage bookshop! It’s a truly magical place.

Canongate Kirk

Canongate Kirk is a beautiful, historic church near the Palace of Holyroodhouse in Edinburgh. It has a significant place in the city centre due to its royal connections and elegant architecture.

Elephant House

Opened in 1995, the Elephant House is a small, cosy café known for being where J.K. Rowling wrote some parts of the Harry Potter books. You can enjoy delicious coffee and homemade treats.

Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh

The Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh is a pretty cool place to visit that has plants from all over the world, including some that are super rare and in danger. You can wander around the gardens and learn about the place from the tour guides or participate in some educational activities.

Circus Lane

Circus Lane is a hidden gem and a spot for a quiet walk and to take some lovely photographs of houses covered in hanging pots with beautiful flowers and vines.

How to Get to Edinburgh?

If you’re coming from abroad, you will fly into Edinburgh Airport, about 10 miles from the city centre. Trams are one of the easiest ways to get to and from the airport, with fast and frequent services to Edinburgh’s city centre. Trams depart every 7 minutes, between 7am and 7pm, and every 10 minutes early in the morning and later in the evening. The first tram of the day departs the airport at 06:26 and the last at 22:48. The tram stop is right outside the main terminal next to the plaza and Edinburgh sign. Pre-purchase tram tickets and find the latest ticket options  here .

If you’re coming from another city in Scotland, you might arrive by bus or train. To find bus schedules, click  here ; to see train schedules click  here .

If you’re travelling from England, you can choose between  flying  or taking a  train . When I travelled to Edinburgh, I took a train both times, which was around 5 hours. The flight from London is about 1 hour and 20 mins without factoring in check-in, security, baggage control, and getting to/from the airport, which might be a longer journey altogether. I really enjoyed taking the train, it’s a direct train, and I found it very relaxing, plus you are treated to some lovely views. And if you upgrade, you get complimentary hot drinks, snacks, lunch/breakfast, and sometimes alcohol during the journey. The trains arrive at Edinburgh Waverley station, located in the city centre (near Scott Monument) and is a walking distance from most hotels in the New and Old Towns.

Where to Stay for 3 Days in Edinburgh?

There are plenty of options where to stay during your 3 days in Edinburgh. You can base yourself in the very centre and heart of the city, but it will cost more. On the other hand, if you stay further out of the city, you will have to pay for travel to get into the city. Hotels are also more expensive during the summer, especially in July when the kids’ school holidays start at the end of July and August when the famous Fringe Festival takes place. Whatever the season, though, I strongly recommend you book your hotel as much in advance as possible.

Whatever your budget is, here are my top recommendations:

How to Get Around Edinburgh?

Central Edinburgh is very walkable, and most places are close enough to each other, allowing you to discover and see many different things.

Suppose walking isn’t your thing or you must cover a longer distance. In that case, public transport will be the best way to get around Edinburgh. Lothian buses operate multiple  buses , which even travel outside Edinburgh. Another alternative to buses is  trams . You can easily see what bus or tram to take if you input your root into Google Maps and choose the public transport option. The day buses stop running at midnight, but if you go out at night, you can take night buses (the N lines); if you’d instead take a taxi, there’s Uber, but it will be more expensive.

I am a huge user of Google Maps whenever I travel, as it allows me to get around and find things quickly. I like to research, plan routes, and prepare for my trip by pinning all the places I want to see and visit onto a saved map so that all I need to do when I arrive at a destination is to load it up, and everything is there for me. I have done the same for you – you can find the  detailed map itinerary  of your  3 days in Edinburgh here . 

When Is The Best Time to Go to Edinburgh?

Whenever you can! However, the best months to visit Edinburgh are May, June and September, when you’re most guaranteed pleasant weather, but don’t count on it; it’s Britain, where weather is unpredictable and can rain any day.

July and August are the busiest months when the kid’s school holidays start at the end of July, and The Fringe Festival takes place in August. The hotel prices also go up during those months. My first trip to Edinburgh happened to be during the festival, which I was unaware of. Still, the city had a lively and vibrant atmosphere, which I especially enjoyed. It was also pretty cold on day one, so I bought a scarf, but the next day, it was super hot, and I had to run to the shops to get a dress – I was so unprepared!

My second visit was at the end of February, and it was chilly (which I was prepared for), but the streets were much calmer and quiet, which I also loved.

Are 3 Days in Edinburgh Enough?

3 days in Edinburgh is an excellent amount of time to explore its most famous landmarks and attractions without rushing through each. I created this 3-day itinerary with the idea that you get to see and experience a bit of everything: history, culture, beautiful architecture, nature, taste delicious food, participate in interactive attractions, and have an opportunity to have some great photos taken. If the weather is not on your side on some days, feel free to swap the attractions, such as climbing Arthur’s Seat, to another one, allowing you to stay indoors and dry.

What are some other recommended attractions or activities for a 3 days in Edinburgh?

Pin this post for later.

join the club

You’ll also love.

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

A Day Trip from Bratislava to Vienna

Trending now, sheloveswanderlust.

• Itineraries
• Packing Guides
• Travel Shop
• Privacy & Cookies Policy

Copyright © 2024 She Loves Wanderlust · Theme by 17th Avenue

• Latest Posts
• Work with us
• Privacy Policy

Edinburgh in 3 days – the perfect itinerary in the capital of Scotland

In this article, you will find a perfect itinerary for Edinburgh in 3 days to make the most out of your Scotland trip ! That’s actually how many days in Edinburgh we thought is optimum.

Edinburgh is, without a shadow of a doubt, one of the most beautiful, historic and charming cities in Europe. We have visited the capital of Scotland three times and can never get bored of it!

Divided between Old Town and New Town – which is not that new, considering that it was built between 1767 and 1850, Edinburgh breathes art and culture. The city also offers a lot of contact with nature, including an inactive volcano at its heart. That, in fact, can be easily climbed and it provides you with a great sunset!

The icing on the cake is really the Scottish people. Well, if you know us from our Instagram stories and posts , then that comes as no surprise! But anyway, you will find an extremely friendly population in Edinburgh with one of the best senses of humour in Europe.

And alright, we all know the Scottish accent isn’t the easiest of all English accents to understand. But hey, nothing that a round of whiskey at the pub won’t help. So, without further ado, see the index for this itinerary in Edinburgh in 3 days .

Edinburgh in 3 days – what to see:

• 3 days Itinerary for Edinburgh

Where to stay in Edinburgh

Scotland tours from edinburgh.

• How to get to Edinburgh
• Tips for your trip to Edinburgh in 3 days

Your itinerary for Edinburgh in 3 days

Take the free walking tour from edinburgh, hunting tombs in greyfriars kirkyard cemetery, getting lost in the streets of old town, climb an extinct volcano in edinburgh.

• Tour Edinburgh’s Underground Galleries

Watch the sunset from Calton Hill

Listening to celtic music at the sandy bells pub, take a walk around new town to visit circus lane, dean village and the water of leith walkaway, visit edinburgh castle, do the scotch whiskey experience in edinburgh.

One thing that you will notice in the city is that there are plenty of tours in Edinburgh ! There are night tours, scary tours, harry potter tours, whiskey tours, and all the guided tours in Scotland you can think of.

But, just as we mentioned in another article, we absolutely love the free walking tour . For this reason, we recommend it as the first thing on your itinerary for Edinburgh! The free walking tour will give you plenty of information that will make your visit to other sights in Edinburgh much more interesting.

The Free Walking Tours usually last only two hours. It is basically a quick sum up of the main sights of the city with a touch of local secrets. On our last visit, we booked our tour through City Explorers Tours . Our guide, Glenn, a Glasgow native, was just wonderful, super funny, engaged and well-prepared.

Glenn took us through the main sights of the capital of Scotland, such as Grassmarket Square, Greyfriars Kirkyard and the Writers’ Museum, telling us various historical facts and curiosities about Edinburgh. It really made a difference on our trip to Edinburgh!

Keep in mind that the Free Walking Tour is not really free and the tourist is expected to pay a contribution, which is usually from £5 to £10 per person. And you can actually pay by card too. Last time we checked, free walking tours from Edinburgh ran five times a day, seven days a week.

You don’t have to be a huge Harry Potter fan to get excited about the fact that some characters in the book are named after real tombs in Edinburgh Cemetery!

That’s right! The author, J.K. Rowling, wrote part of the Harry Potter saga while living in Edinburgh. She used to go to an Old Town cafe called Elephant House to write, but unfortunately, the place is closed for renovation due to a fire.

She used to stroll through Greyfriars Kirkyard Cemetery to unwind a bit when she had writer’s block. It was during these walks that she chose the names Potter, McGonagall and Thomas Riddell, He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named.

These tombs are real and are scattered throughout Edinburgh’s cemetery, allowing anyone to just visit them. When you are there, take the opportunity to also visit the tribute to the puppy Bobby. This dog, for 14 years, slept next to his owner’s tomb in the cemetery, attracting the sympathy of many locals and giving him a certain fame during the 17th century.

The medieval streets of the historic centre of Edinburgh are an invitation to unpretentious walks, which transports you back to the past and present you with incredible discoveries. There are alleys, houses, museums, bars and charming and super historic restaurants that you can explore without problems on foot.

Be sure to include in your itinerary of Edinburgh’s old town a view of Victoria Street, which is said to be the inspiration for Harry Potter’s Diagon Alley, Princess Street Garden, Royal Mille Street and Greyfriars Kirkyard Cemetery.

Not many people know, but Edinburgh has not just one, but three extinct volcanoes!

One of them is Castle Rock, where Edinburgh Castle is situated; the other is called Calton Hill and is at the end of Princess Street; and the third, and tallest, is Arthur’s Seat.

Located inside Holyrood Park, close to the city center (you can walk), Arthur’s Seat is the highest peak in the city, at 250 meters. It is possible to take a reasonably light trail of 30-40 minutes to the top, from where you have a beautiful view of Edinburgh.

Our recommendation is to go up to Artur’s Seat to watch the sunrise or sunset from there – depending on how morning or afternoon you are. We obviously went to the sunset and it was beautiful! Just be careful to not lose track of time and descent in total darkness, as the path can be a little difficult.

There are two ascents to Artur’s Seat, one that takes about 40 min and is less steep – and the one we put on the map above. The other route, known as Zig Zag road, is shorter (30 min), but steeper. For either of the two trails, comfortable shoes are recommended.

Tour of Edinburgh’s Underground Galleries

Edinburgh is the city of tours! There’s the Free Walking Tour (which we’ve already talked about), the Harry Potter Tour , the Whiskey Tour , and everything else you can imagine. But if there’s one thing we’ve been dying to do, it’s the Edinburgh Underground Galleries Tour !!

Unfortunately, we didn’t have time during this last trip to Edinburgh, but we met some people and guides who did and recommended us a lot! So here’s another unmissable tip on what to do in Edinburgh.

Edinburgh’s underground galleries were inhabited by many families who could not afford a house in the already densely populated Old Town. Because of this, they lived in total misery underground and the horror stories to which they were subjected are so many that they say the place is haunted!

These galleries eventually fell into oblivion and only recently, in 1980, were they rediscovered. The “underground city” can only be visited with a guided tour, which costs approximately £15 per person. Make your reservation here !

The third extinct volcano in Edinburgh is Calton Hill. If you’re looking for things to do in Edinburgh, you can’t miss it at dusk, as this is considered the most beautiful sunset in Edinburgh!

But aside from the beautiful view, there are also other things to see on Calton Hill, such as the National Monument, a building inspired by the Parthenon in Athens that was never completed; and the Nelson Monument, erected in honour of Admiral Nelson who won the Battle of Trafalgar 1805.

Edinburgh has a lot of super cool pubs to visit. After all, they didn’t gain a reputation as drunks for no reason. But if there’s one we love, not so much for the animation, but for the authenticity, it’s Sandy Bells .

The pub seemed very local to us, full of those characters that make up the history of a bar, you know? The night we went, some local artists took turns at a cramped table at the back of the bar to play, sing and recite some traditional and contemporary songs.

A nice option for those who want to know about other cool pubs in Edinburgh is to do a pub crawl. This can be done independently or even in a group (like this one , which goes through seven bars). Pub Crawls are always a great way to get a taste of a city’s nightlife and make some friends along the way.

As we said, Edinburgh is divided between Old Town and New Town. The “new city” is not even that new. This part of Edinburgh was built between the 16th and 17th centuries as an attempt by the wealthy classes to live in a more planned and less unhealthy environment than the Old Town.

The New Town is not as historic as the medieval Old Town, but it has a very charming neo-classical and Georgian architectural style. It also deserves a little bit of your attention during your sightseeing trip in Edinburgh !

The places we most enjoyed visiting in Edinburgh’s New Town were Circus Lane, Dean Village and the Water of Leith Walkaway. All three are close to each other and can be walked around within an hour.

Start at Circus Lane, a short street surrounded by super charming houses. From there, walk along the Walk of Leith Walkaway, a path through nature and along the River Leith, until you reach Dean Village, a former village now incorporated as the borough of Edinburgh. A perfect day out in Edinburgh for family.

*Monday Feelings Tip : so you don’t get lost along the way, have an offline map handy, like Maps.Me , which is what we always use on our travels! Also, find the route on the map above.

Of course, no tour of Scotland is complete without a visit to its castle!

Located on top of one of the extinct volcanoes we’ve already mentioned, Edinburgh’s impressive castle can be seen from many points across the city. Edinburgh’s postcard and Scotland’s most visited attraction, it was the scene of numerous battles and disputes between Scots and English.

To enter the castle you need to pay a ticket worth £18, which gives you access to several rooms and buildings in the castle. If you go on a Scotland castle tour during the high season of summer, it is recommended to book tickets in advance. For those who prefer guided tours in Scotland, check out this option that includes skip-the-line tickets .

Even for those who are not interested in visiting the castle’s premises, it is still worth going up. There is an area open to the public free of charge, from where you can see the castle up close. In addition, the view of the city from there is beautiful.

That Scotland is the land of whiskey is no secret! Whiskey, in Gaelic, means “water of life”. And whether you like the drink or not, it is practically impossible to leave the country without tasting at least a few whiskeys.

There’s plenty to do in Edinburgh for those who are aficionados of whiskey. Our top recommendation is The Scotch Whiskey Experience , which is located on the Royal Mile, very close to Edinburgh Castle.

Part of the tour is done in a barrel-shaped cart that will take you through different explanations about the history and method of making whiskey. At the end, there is still a tasting of some labels. Also, you will visit the largest whiskey collection in the world. Amazingly, it was donated by a Brazilian – there are more than 3,000 bottles! You can book your Scotch Whiskey Experience in advance here !

There are also other alternative whiskey tours in Edinburgh, some even include a visit to a gin distillery and whiskey tasting at Holyrood Distillery.

Despite being the capital of Scotland, Edinburgh is a relatively small city. And if you’re staying close to the Old Town, you can easily walk to everything. That is a great way to save time and money!

There are different types of accommodation in Edinburgh. You find hostels for backpackers to 5-star hotels, like the Balmoral Hotel that start at around £620 a night. Well, if you are doing Edinburgh in 3 days, then why not?

Below, we recommend 3 hotels located in central Edinburgh for every budget and traveler:

$ Kick Ass Grassmarket Hostel ; or The Code $$ Ibis ; or Stay Central Hotel $$$ The Scotsman Hotel ; or The Market Street Hotel

See other options for accommodation in Edinburgh here .

Scotland is one of the most beautiful countries we have ever visited. We say this even after having visited over 50 countries. Even though you might do Edinburgh in 3 days, it is worth considering extending your staying and going touring in Scotland .

Our last trip to Scotland, in addition to Edinburgh, also included a visit to the highlands and the amazing Isle of Skye. A road trip through the Scottish highlands is a very transformative and special experience.

For our road trip, we rented a car for three days and drove around Loch Lomond, Fort William and the Isle of Skye. If you do not drive, it is possible to find guided tours for this same route.

For those who don’t have time for a longer trip through the Scottish highlands, it is possible to take a day trip from Edinburgh. Check out these tours here that include a visit to Loch Ness or Loch Lomond.

How to get to Scotland

For those who have London as their starting point, it is possible to arrive in Edinburgh by plane, train or bus. For those coming from other locations , the ideal is to take a flight.

From London

Plane : tickets from £10 with Ryanair (be aware of requirements regarding luggage size and the location of the airport, which is usually further away). We always use Skyscanner to find cheap flights.

Train : The earlier you buy your train ticket to Edinburgh, the better. Tickets usually cost £70 (varies a lot) and the journey takes 6 hours. For tickets purchase, you can check the Train Line . Alternatively, there is a new train line called Lumo running the London <-> Edinburgh route that promises cheaper tickets.

Bus : Flixbus , Megabus and National Express run from London to Edinburgh or other cities. The ticket is very cheap. You can find it for £25, but the journey is long and tiring – it takes 10 hours. Have to see if it’s worth it.

Travel tips for a perfect itinerary in Edinburgh in 3 days

*There is no immigration to enter Scotland if you are coming from anywhere in the UK. However, if you are coming from other European countries you will need to go through immigration.

*For those who have only a few hours in the city, there is a luggage room at the bus station. You can store your luggage for 12 hours (£8), so you can wander around Edinburgh.

*It is not worth renting a car to travel only through Edinburgh. The city is small and it is possible to do everything on foot.

*Scotland is beautiful, but the weather can be pretty awful, with rain and cold often. Give preference to your tourist trip to Edinburgh between the summer months, when sunny days are more guaranteed. That doesn’t mean that a trip to Edinburgh in winter can’t be well spent. After all, nothing suits a medieval city better than a very rainy and cloudy day.

Where’s this Princess Street?

Hi BoZo. So, if you look at the map at the beginning of the article, especifically at the “Walk to Dean Village” route, Princess Street is the starting point, on letter A. Thanks,

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

3 Days in Edinburgh: Your Perfect Itinerary

September 18, 2022

Vera Andrews

Here’s an inside guide on how to spend 3 days in Edinburgh and plan the perfect Edinburgh itinerary.

Table of Contents

How to spend 3 days in Edinburgh: Your Edinburgh Itinerary

If you are looking to spend three days in the picturesque capital of Scotland, here is an itinerary that will lead you to the best places in the city.

All times and prices were correct at the time of writing but things do change. If something’s going to be critical to your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary, then double check on the official websites before you make fixed plans.

Also, while you can make this a completely DIY itinerary, you don’t have to. You can check out some of these free walking tours in Edinburgh , for example.

Right, enough chat! Let’s go!

If you book or buy through any of the links on this page, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Cheers!

Day 1 in Edinburgh: Upper Old Town

The best way to begin your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary is in the Upper Old Town, with its castle, museums, and sense of history.

Edinburgh Castle – 2-3 hours

Built on a steep hill known by the name of Castle Rock, Edinburgh Castle was the chief royal residence during the Middle Ages: a mighty fortress brimming with soldiers and defensive firepower.

Visits begin at the 450 years old Portcullis Gate that opens the pathway to a distinct world.

Take the Lang Stairs – the oldest access way to the fortress – to uncover the Argyle Tower and reserve a few minutes for St. Margaret’s Chapel. This is the oldest structure in the entire city and was built by King David in the 12th century in honour of his mother, Queen Margaret, who was, upon her death, declared a saint.

Check David’s Tower to see what the initial construction looked like, take a look at Mons Meg, a huge 15th-century canon that could fire a 150kg ball over a distance of 3.2 kilometres, and head to the Crown Room, where the Honors of Scotland (the Scottish Crown jewels) and the Stone of Destiny are kept.

End your visit inside the royal palace. Here, you can see the room where Mary Queen of Scots gave birth to King James VI and gaze at the original carved stone corbels and hammer-beam roof of the Great Hall where King James the IV held state ceremonies and glamorous balls.

Opening Times: The fortress is open all year round except Christmas and Boxing Day. The first visitors are granted access at 9:30 am, and the venue closes at 6 pm during the summer months (April-September) and 5 pm during the cold season (October-March)

Tickets: At the time of writing, an adult ticket costs £18 whilst children aged 5 to 15 pay only £11. Concessions are made for seniors who pay £14.5. Children under 5 are granted free entry. They also have family packages stretching from £35 for an adult and two kids to £61.5 for two adults and three kids.

Tours: You can book a tour or discover the fortress on your own with an audio guide.

Afternoon Tea

After three hours of rambling around halls and vaults and prisons, a royal afternoon tea experience is exactly what you need. Book a slot at the tearooms in Queen Anne Building (they serve tea starting at 11 am) and have a nice cup of natural tea and a light lunch before heading out to the next location on your itinerary.

Camera Obscura – 1-2 hours

Just a hop, skip and jump from the fortress, you will find the Camera Obscura, where you can have the best time exploring some of the over 100 interactive displays occupying the five storeys of the edifice.

You can take a virtual walking tour around the city without moving an inch or get lost in a magical maze of optical illusions that will leave you completely bamboozled.

Opening Times: The Camera Obscura is open all year round except Christmas day. (9:00am-8:00pm from Monday to Thursday, 9:00am-9:00pm on Friday and Sunday, 9:00am-10:00pm on Saturday).

Tickets: Adult tickets cost £18.95 while students and seniors pay only £15.95. Children over 5 receive a discount of £4 (£14.95 per kid), and kids under 5 are granted free entry.

The Elephant House – 30 minutes

Delight yourself with a cup of coffee and a cappuccino cake in the place where the Harry Potter adventure first began.

During her early writing days, J. K. Rowling used to come here and sit next to the window, gazing at the magnificent view of the castle.

Today, Harry Potter fans have turned this cafe into an essential point on their itineraries. There’s a board where they leave messages for Rowling, and she does stop by from time to time to check them out.

Who knows? Maybe you’ll be lucky enough to find her there.

Greyfriars Kirkyard – 30 minutes

You can continue your Harry Potter itinerary in the Greyfriars Kirkyard, where J. K. Rowling found the stimulus for the names of at least two of her characters. She got the name for Mrs McGonagall from William McGonagall’s tombstone. This 19th-century poet had the reputation of being very bad with words, and the irony is that Mrs McGonagall was exactly the opposite.

A few more steps around the graveyard, and you will stumble into the nearly 200-year-old tomb of Thomas Riddle. Rolwing borrowed the full name and assigned it to the dreariest character in the book, Lord Voldemort.

Not linked to the Harry Potter series, two other tombs remain notable: the burial places of Jon Grey and his faithful dog, Greyfriars Bobby. Bobby became famous in the area for continuing to visit his master’s tomb for 14 years after his burial, until his own death. Just across the graveyard, a fountain with Bobby’s statue is erected. The legend says that it brings luck to touch Bobby’s nose.

To fit more Harry Potter magic into your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary, you can reserve a place on the Harry Potter Magical Guided Walking Tour. For £14.5, you will even visit a wand store on Victoria Street (thought to have inspired Diagon Alley) and get sorted into your Hogwarts House.

National Museum of Scotland – 2-3 hours

This museum offers a multitude of sections that would take up to four hours to explore. Yet, if you are a bit tired after your first day experiences (or a bit late), you can choose two or three walkways and have a great time seeing the art pieces.

The Scottish History and Archaeology gallery is the perfect place to learn more about Scotland’s rich history. Here, you can see the Maiden beheading machine and a replica of Mary Queen of Scots’ tomb.

The World Cultures galleries are also worth seeing for their richness in artefacts from the Asian and African worlds.

Opening Times: The institution is open daily between 10:00 am and 5:00 pm.

Tickets: Free entry

Grassmarket

End your first day in the Grassmarket, one of the most picturesque places in the city. Bustling with shops, eateries, and pubs, this place used to be a place of trade where farmers sold their cattle.

It was also the favourite place for public executions, and there is even a great story about a woman called Maggie who woke up inside her coffin after being hanged. Since her sentence was hanging and not death, she was allowed to live. Half-Hingit Maggie had many years ahead of her, and she lived them all.

Dinner Options: Maison Bleue or Petit Paris

Enjoy a lovely dinner at one of the most famous restaurants in the Grassmarket: Maison Bleu combines an inn atmosphere (massive wooden tables and floors) with exquisite services and a delicious menu. The Spicy Grilled Merguez Lamb Sausages are popular ‘bouches’ here, and they are worth trying.

Petit Paris is the place for French cuisine connoisseurs. The ingredients are always fresh, and there is not even one boring dish on the menu.

Live Music at The White Hart Inn

A delightful place to end the night, The White Hart Inn is the oldest in the city, filled with history and legends. As the inn sits just a few hundred steps from the execution market, it would have attracted a lot of customers in the old times.

It was also the spot where Robert Burns found inspiration for one of his most beautiful love poems, Ae Fond Kiss, after spending a week here, visiting his lover Clarissa one last time.

Try a hearty old-style Scottish dish while listening to live music or mingle with the locals on the dancing floor. The success of the night is guaranteed.

The Royal Mile: the heart of Edinburgh

Day 2 Edinburgh: Lower Old Town

You have a new day ahead to uncover the marvels of the Old Town. Today you’ll take the road the royal family followed to Holyrood Palace, stopping at two picturesque churches and a tearoom imbued with history and savour. It’s time to continue your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary!

The Writers’ Museum

This is a perfect place to start the day. Housing a series of objects that once belonged to the three titans of Scottish Literature – Robert Burns, Sir Walter Scott, and Robert Louis Stevenson – it welcomes tourists all year round into a warm and cosy atmosphere.

As you look at Burns’ writing desk, Scott’s childhood rocking horse, or Stevenson’s riding boots, it is impossible not to feel both awe and nostalgia. You can also take a glimpse at some of their original manuscripts and photographs.

Opening Times: The museum is open every day from 10 am to 5 pm.

Access is free, but donations are encouraged.

St Giles’ Cathedral

This imposing Gothic church sits on the Royal Mile, so you will not need to go out of your way to see it. The present structure dates to the 14th century, but a small Romanesque church existed in this place from the 12th century onwards.

At St. Giles, one of the main attractions is the stained-glass window dedicated to Robert Burns, which was created by Icelandic artist Leifur Breidfjörd. Located on the western side of the edifice, it depicts symbols from Burns’ poetry, combining nature’s green with a mighty sun blossoming at the top of the picture like a ‘red, red rose’.

Opening Times: St Giles’ Cathedral is open from Monday to Friday between 10:00 am to 6:00 pm, on Saturdays from 9:00 am to 5 pm, and on Sundays from 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm.

Between 10:30 and 2:30, the church offers 45-minute free guided walking tours, but you will need to book ahead to be sure you get a spot.

Tickets: Access is free, although donations are encouraged.

This was the road taken by Scotland’s monarchs as they walked to the Palace of Holyroodhouse. It is, in fact, composed of many sections, including the Lawnmarket, High Street, and Canongate. On both sides of the road, you will see shops, eateries and lots of tourists, as this is one of the busiest places in the city.

Lunch at Ondine

If you are feeling hungry after taking a 45-minute-long tour, you must try the seafood at Ondine. Positioned on your way to the palace, this restaurant preserves an old tradition that was popular on the Royal Mile, that of preparing and selling fish and seafood.

It is a prize-winning restaurant that welcomes you with a great atmosphere and impeccable service. The waiters are polite, and the food is to die for. Delight yourself with their classic Fish Soup or Crab Risotto as you rest your feet for the next attraction on your itinerary.

Tea and Cakes at Clarinda’s Tearoom

Stop for dessert and a flavourful tea at Clarinda’s, a cosy place that will make you feel like you are at your grandma’s house. The stars here are the home-baked cakes and scones. They also serve soup and sandwiches, so if you skipped lunch at Ondine, you can have a tasty meal here.

The Scottish Parliament Building

Just before reaching Holyrood Palace, you can admire the Scottish Parliament building, positioned within the UNESCO World Heritage Site in central Edinburgh. It is not open to the public as it is a workplace for the Scottish parliament, but it is thrilling to glance at this piece of recent Scottish history.

Holyrood Palace – 1 hour

Compared to the fortress style of Edinburgh Castle, Holyrood Palace is all about luxury and comfort. Large rooms decorated with gorgeous paintings and tapestries will enchant you as you step inside Queen Mary’s chambers or gaze at the state apartments where only the highest-ranked guests were permitted.

Explore the King’s bedchamber, placed in the middle of the palace. You will observe that, as you are approaching it, the chambers become bigger and bigger.

The Throne Room

The Throne Room was still used by The Queen during Holyrood week when she arrived at the castle to host a series of ceremonies and meet with Scotland’s prime minister and other important dignitaries.

A drearier side of history is linked to Mary Queen of Scotts and her chambers. Placed in the northwest tower and accessible through a flight of steep steps, they silently await their visitors to tell a story of passion and crime.

The Bedchambers

From the bedchamber, head toward the dining room, where Mary Queen of Scots was dining on March 1566 when she became spectator to the assassination of her private secretary, David Rizzio. The murderer was her spouse, Lord Darnley who, maddened with jealousy, stabbed his rival 58 times and left his body exposed in the Outer Chamber. It is said that, if you look carefully, you can still see the bloodstains left on the floor.

Bonnie Prince Charlie

The Great Gallery is linked to Prince Charles Edward Stuart, better known as Bonnie Prince Charlie, who set up a court for six weeks in 1745 at Holyrood Palace. At night, this enormous room would turn into an extravagant ballroom filled with the warm light of candles and animated by music and beautiful costumes and dresses.

As you finish your tour inside the castle, head out into the royal gardens to visit the vestiges of the Holyrood Abbey. Once one of the greatest Scottish abbeys, it still preserves traces of the magnificent Romanesque architecture, which was later combined with gothic elements.

Opening Times: The palace is open during the week except for Tuesdays and Wednesdays. Entry is allowed starting at 9:30, and the palace closes at 16:30 from November to March and at 18:00 From April to October.

Tickets: The cost of an adult ticket is £17.5, if you plan your visit between September to June, and £18.5, if you visit during the more crowded summer months. There is a discount for young visitors (18-24) who only pay £11.5/£12. Kids between 5 and 17 and disabled visitors pay an access fee of £10/£10.5, whilst children under 5 are welcomed for free. Family discounts are also available and will save you up to £15.

Arthur’s Seat

There is still plenty of time in the mid-afternoon to take a short walk around Holyrood Park and even hike to Arthur’s Seat, the peak point in the park on the top of an extinct volcano. This adventure will get your pulse up, but the view is worth all the effort.

Edinburgh Old Town

Spend the evening in the Old Town, walking along the crowded streets and admiring the century-old buildings. As you start feeling tired after such a full day, it is time to take a seat at one of the high-class restaurants in the city centre and enjoy a glass of wine.

Dinner at the Number One at The Balmoral

This Michelin restaurant is a great place to sample some of the finest dishes inspired by French and Scottish cuisine. Try to reserve a table by the window, and you will be able to admire the capital’s magnificent hills whilst enjoying one of the most delicious dinners in the city.

Edinburgh Vaults: Ghost Tour

If you still have the energy, taking a guided tour through the vaults beneath Old Town is totally worth doing. You can find tours that start after 9 pm and spend an hour learning the dark stories of the city’s undergrounds. The ticket costs around £14, and there are concessions for seniors and kids.

Enjoy Leith during 3 days in Edinburgh

Day 3 Edinburgh: The New Town and Leith

Get ready to discover one of Scotland’s most significant art galleries, stroll on the paths of the Royal Botanic Garden, and spend a lovely afternoon on a royal yacht.

The Scottish National Gallery – 1 hour

If you are an art lover, there is no way that you will leave this city without checking out the paintings at the National Gallery. One hour will give you a taste of the big names like El Greco, Titian, Velazquez, Angelica Kauffman and more. You can book a tour guide to learn about each painting or get around the gallery using Smartify.

Within the premises, you will find a gift shop and The Scottish Cafe & Restaurant, where you can have a snack before moving on to the next attraction on your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary.

Opening Times: The gallery is accessible every day from 10:00 am to 5:00 pm.

Tickets: Many of the displays are free, with just a few requiring to buy tickets. In the second case, the fee is between £15 and £20.

Princes Street Gardens – 30 minutes

Just across from the Scottish gallery, you will find the wonderful Princes Street Gardens, one of the most prominent parks in the city that covers a surface of 37 acres. The gardens are divided in half by the Mound, an artificial hill connecting the Old Town to the New Town.

Access is free, so you can take half an hour to explore this splendid natural place built on what used to be the Nor Loch, a marshland used as natural Medieval defence.

If you are visiting around Christmas, you will find a fairytale Christmas market with food and souvenir stands and even a Ferris wheel.

Princes Street

Exit on Princes Street to discover a world of shops and pubs. The history of this place dates back to the 18th century when some very brave citizens decided to move to the recently drained land of the Nor Loch. The street just got more and more crowded over the years and is now one of the busiest hubs in Edinburgh and a great place to shop.

Follow this street to Calton Hill to uncover a charming part of the city’s UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Here, you can find the National Monument, inspired by the Athenian Parthenon, and a tower-like monument dedicated to Nelson Mandela.

Lunch at The Lookout by The Gardener’s Cottage

Positioned at the top of Calton Hill, this restaurant doesn’t only serve delicious food but also offers a breathtaking view of the city. The staff here are polite, and you will be treated like a king with locally sourced dishes and amazing wines.

Scott Monument – 30 minutes

Somewhere, in the middle of the walking distance between Princes Street Gardens and Calton Hill, you will come across a striking monument erected in honour of Sir Walter Scott. It is one of the biggest memorials in the world dedicated to a writer, with a large statue of Scott made from Carrara marble at the base..

Opening Times: The monument is open daily from 10:00 am to 9:00 pm, and you can buy tickets directly at the venue.

Tickets: The fee for one adult visitor is £8. Children and students pay only £6.

Royal Botanic Garden – 1.5 hours

Spend a lovely afternoon admiring the multitude of plant species in the Royal Botanic Garden, a fairytale natural site dating back to the 17th century. You can book a garden tour to learn about the living collections and finish your visit with a tea experience that includes organic teas and delicious cakes and sandwiches.

Opening Times: The garden opens every day at 10:00 am (except December 25 and January 1), but the closing hours vary with the season (6:00 pm – March to September, 5:00 pm – October and February, 4:00 pm – November to January).

Tickets: Free access.

Royal Yacht Britannia – 2 hours

Britannia is known as the Queen’s former floating palace. With five decks to delve into and lovely state apartments decorated in the 50s’ fashion, the ship is a popular attraction point for tourists who want to learn more about royal life.

Walk around the ship with a free audio guide and hear the full history. And don’t forget to check the clocks – they are all stopped at 3:01, the exact moment when The Queen was piped ashore for the last time during the retiring ceremony.

Opening Times: The Royal Yacht is open for visitors every day. The visiting schedule depends on the month you are visiting (10:00 am – 5:00 pm January to March and November to December, 09:30 am – 6:00 pm April to August, 10:00 am – 6:00 pm September, 10:00 am – 5:30 pm October)

Tickets: An adult ticket costs £18 whilst students pay only £16. Concessions are made for children over 5 and Armed Forces, who are charged £9. Access is free for children under 5.

One of the most beautiful historic sites, Leith port has served as a gateway to the city for centuries. Today it is still a lively place with lots of boutiques, shops, restaurants, and cafes. End your last day here, relishing in the joyful atmosphere and shopping for last-minute souvenirs.

A Leith walk that ends with dinner is what you need after a full day.

Dinner at The Kitchin

One of the most exquisite restaurants in the city, The Kitchin will delight you with its Michelin service and cuisine. Try one of their Chef’s Tasting Menus or select a phenomenal seafood dish from their A la carte menu. Pair them with a fine glass of wine that will lock Edinburgh in your mind forever.

More than 3 days in Edinburgh?

Here are a few suggestions on what to do in Edinburgh and its surroundings if you have a couple more days to spare:

• Sample Scotland’s national drink while learning more about the places where it is produced during a Scotch Whisky Experience Tour.
• Stroll on the streets of the city at night with the Edinburgh Darkside Walking Tour: Mysteries, Murder and Legends.
• Explore Loch Ness and the Scottish Highlands on a day trip from the capital.
• Visit the Isle of Skye, one of the best places in Scotland for climbing and hiking.
• Discover the Glenfinnan Viaduct, famous for the Hogwarts Express, on a full-day tour to Glencoe and Mallaig.

When Is the Best Time to Visit Edinburgh?

The weather is milder during the summer, with temperatures between 15C and 19C and rain is slightly less likely.

Although you should always be prepared with a raincoat, at least you won’t need to pack sweaters and parkas during this period of the year. The Fringe Festival also takes place in the summer, with artists and street performers occupying the main streets for three weeks in August. However, August also sees peak hotel rates and crowds as people from across the world gather to catch the Fringe.

Winters are cold in Scotland, but the people are hardy. Wrap up warm and bring a mac. They were invented in Scotland after all.

How to Get to Edinburgh?

By plane: Edinburgh Airport is Scotland’s most important airport with direct flights from all around Europe and the rest of the world landing here. Since it is only 8 miles from the city, you can either take a shuttle or rent a car, and you will be there in no time.

By train: The city is only 4 hours and 30 minutes from London by train. The trip is comfortable and eco-friendly, and even great fun if you are travelling from within the UK.

By coach: This is the cheapest way to get to Scotland’s capital, but it is also the slowest.

Where to stay

The best place to stay while visiting Scotland’s capital is in the Old Town. This way, you will be at an approximately equal distance from the main attractions and won’t need to take the bus to get around.

For a truly luxurious experience, book a room at the Cheval Old Town Chambers.

Aparthotel Adagio Edinburgh Royal Mi le is also a charming and extremely comfortable option.

Read More About Travel in Scotland

• 21 hidden gems in Edinburgh
• The best areas to stay in Edinburgh
• How to spend one week in Scotland: the perfect Scotland road trip itinerary

3 Days In Edinburgh: Ultimate Edinburgh Itinerary

Last Updated on March 27, 2024

In a country where the national animal is the unicorn, whiskey flows vigorously through the cities and countryside like water AND is known for being the birthplace of Harry Potter, you can’t help but wonder and daydream about how to spend 3 days in Edinburgh.

What’s even more mystical and unbelievable about Edinburgh is that although it is one of the most haunted cities in the world and home to the dirtiest sewer in Europe, Nor Loch (more on that later), they have since “put it down, flipped it, and reversed it” into not only the greenest city in the United Kingdom but a city that draws us travelers back in visit after visit for its unmatched charm.

If this is your first time in the city, this 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary is perfect for first-timers wanting to enjoy all it has to offer. Full of historic sights and amazing coffee and food. Let’s dive in.

This post may contain affiliate links for the products I mentioned, but as always, all opinions are my own. I make a small  commission , at no extra cost to you, when you make a purchase or book through these links. This helps to support  this space and keep me blogging, which I am so extremely thankful for.

Things to know before visiting Edinburgh

It’s pronounced “eh-din-bur-uh”, not “ed-in-burg”. I may or may not have found this out from personal experience… Locally it’s often reduced to “Edin-bru” or even “Embra”.

Keep left . They drive on the left side of the road in Scotland, which has translated to the rules of the sidewalk.

Bring comfortable walking shoes. While atmospheric, Edinburgh’s cobblestone streets don’t do your back any favors. Not to mention the city was built on seven hills.

Book in advance. Any time of year, but especially if you’re visiting during the summer. If you wait, you’ll get the last draft pick of just about everything: tours, accommodation, and rentals.

Pack a good raincoat. The weather in Scotland is known for changing on a whim and the city is no stranger to spontaneous rain. A good raincoat will keep you dry and prevent you from wasting your pint money on a cheap tartan umbrella…

Tipping isn’t as common. It’s generally only required for table service at a restaurant (around 10-15%).

Learn some local jargon . While wandering and interacting with locals, you’ll hear many things that may have you scratching your head. When asked if I was in the “queue” (the line), I looked confused for about five seconds before I realized what I was being asked. Here are some popular words to know:

Scran = food

Queue = waiting line

Loch = lake

Dram = a shot of whisky

Kirk = church

Burn = stream

Haar = the chilly fog that sometimes blankets the city

Greet = cry (not to say hello)

Avoid Edinburgh in August. Unless you’re going to the annual Fringe Festival.

How To Spend 3 Days In Edinburgh

This Edinburgh itinerary focuses on a few main parts of the city: Old Town, New Town, and Leith. It hits a lot of attractions Edinburgh is famous for, as well as some off-beat gems for you to uncover.

During these 3 days in Edinburgh, you’ll immerse yourself in Scottish history, see the city’s most photogenic spots , try local cuisine, sip whisky, and feel like royalty among castles and monuments. I’ve included a ton in this itinerary, but as always cater yours to your specific travel style.

Since there is so much to see and do in Edinburgh, I’ve included a small list of additional activities at the end of this blog post that are worth considering to make your visit extra special. A blog on the best things to do in Edinburgh is coming soon, so stay tuned for that.

Who this itinerary is for | I recommend this itinerary for first-time visitors to Edinburgh who want to visit famous attractions but also get off the beaten path. Bonus points for my fellow foodies as I’ve included some stellar coffee shop and restaurant recommendations throughout this post.

Use this map to help you navigate these 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary! For best use, download this map to your smartphone so you can use it offline ( instructions here ).

Edinburgh Itinerary: Day One

The first day on this Edinburgh itinerary is going to take you through some of the most popular locations in Edinburgh and give you a lay of the land. First, you’ll caffeinate at the Milkman, then enjoy a full Scottish breakfast. Afterward, explore the Royal Mile and Grassmarket Square for vintage shops and century-old bookstores. Finish off the day at the National Museum Of Scotland where you will dive into Scottish culture, history, and the world’s first cloned mammal.

Coffee At The Milkman

Nestled in the heart of Old Town, The Milkman welcomes coffee lovers and connoisseurs alike to a special environment to wake up and watch the city come alive. If you’re serious about your cup of joe, you’ll love their specialty coffee.

There are two locations, but the one off of Cockburn Street (linked above) is my favorite, atmospheric and right off the Royal Mile. Otherwise, check out my blog about the best coffee shops in Edinburgh for more great places to caffeinate.

Indulge in a Full Scottish Breakfast

What is a Full Scottish Breakfast? By full, the Scots mean “complete”, but you WILL be full when you’ve finished this heart platter of goods: egg, tomato, sausage links, sauteed mushroom, baked beans, black pudding, thinly sliced ham, and a tattie (potato).

Good to know: Black pudding is quite the opposite of the sweet dessert, but ask what it is after you try it.

There are plenty of spots around Edinburgh to try this staple but I recommend Quinn’s Cafe , Greenwoods , Southern Cross Cafe , and Edinburgh Larder Cafe . They’re all close to the Royal Mile with drool-worthy menus. For my veggie folks, look to Breakfast, Brunch, and Lunch .

The Royal Mile

The Royal Mile is the most iconic street in Scotland and probably the entirety of the United Kingdom.

The street runs between two important landmarks in Scottish history: Edinburgh Castle and The Palace of Holyrood. The series of streets and alleyways on the mile make up the renowned UNESCO World Heritage Site, Old Town, in Edinburgh.

While it’s not technically an ‘exact’ mile, the name does have a nice ring to it and has stuck since its naming in 1920. The Royal Mile isn’t a place where you necessarily “arrive” and then leave. The mile itself is iconic, but what you’ll be exploring are the shops, experiences, street performers, and restaurants that make up the mile and beyond.

Edinburgh is a melting pot of culture, cuisine, and history, so there is no limit to what you may see roaming the mile. Take it slow, wear comfortable shoes, and keep an eye out for these stops:

/ / Tour the Real Mary King’s Close . Closes were small gated communities long, long ago. This one is the most famous, named after a widowed merchant who lived there during the bubonic plague. You can take guided tours of this close that will tell the stories and give you all the disturbing, and maybe a little bit gross, history of this underground mystery. It’s one of the many great, unusual things to do in Edinburgh .

/ /  Spit on the Heart Of Midlothian . This heart mosaic built into the pavement marks the position of the Old Tollbooth. It was the location where people would gather for public hangings. If you were really unlucky, you would be sent inside to be tortured. If you were freed from jail, it was customary to spit on the heart on the way out to stick it to the man.

/ /  Marvel at St. Giles Cathedral . This cathedral was founded by King David I around 1124. Its intricate stained glass walls and ceilings lined with ornate archways take you back in time. There is a lot of history of this church involving The Jacobites, Bonnie Prince Charlie, John Knox, and John Calvin, but the Scottish tell it a whole lot better than I ever could , so brush up on it before you explore this wonder. The entrance is free and I recommend getting here early in the morning since it can get crowded by midday.

/ /  Stop by the Scotch Whisky Experience . This attraction tells the tale of Scotland’s national drink with high-tech exhibits and its collection of nearly 4,000 bottles of whisky, the largest in the world. They have several different tours, but I recommend this tour for first-time visitors.

Explore Grassmarket Square

Where the Royal Mile shines as put together and orderly, Grassmarket Square is The Royal Mile’s quirky, and kinda weird younger sister.

In 1477, Grassmarket Square was one of the most popular marketplaces in Edinburgh. The term “Grassmarket” comes from the animals’ grass pens that occupied the west end of the square. From that spot, you’re able to see Edinburgh Castle towering over the shops, making one of the more spectacular backdrops in all of Edinburgh.

Don’t miss the Vennel Viewpoint nearby for an insanely beautiful photo location.

Things to do around Grassmarket Square

/ / Visit The Elephant House . This is one of the main spots for Harry Potter lovers to visit. It’s said that J.K. Rowling wrote part of the series staring out the cafe’s tall glass windows. Albeit a classic Edinburgh Harry Potter location , don’t pass up the gourmet menu of breakfast and brunch items.

/ / Peruse the novels at Armchair Books . The “v ery nearly alphabetized chaos ” of this old bookstore is a must-see while in Edinburgh. They have Victorian illustrated and secondhand books of nearly anything and everything.

/ / Thrift at Armstrong’s Vintage . This unique thrift store is dedicated to clothing, accessories, and shoes from various decades over the past century. You could spend hours rummaging through items from the ’70s, ’80s, or the grunge-y ’90s. Even if you don’t intend to buy anything, you will find some seriously cool stuff here.

/ / Wander the Edinburgh Farmer’s Market . If your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary falls over the weekend, the farmers market is a staple for a taste of local life. Under the regal Edinburgh Castle, you can shop for everything from cheese, wine, freshly baked bread, spreads, produce, and other local brands.

/ / Visit Greyfriars Kirkyard and statue . The story of Greyfriars Bobby is one of the most popular stories in Scotland among tourists. It’s like the Scottish version of Balto: a loyal Skye terrier refused to leave his master’s grave, eventually passing away. Tourists leave a stick by his gravestone in the kirkyard and then rub the nose of his statue for good luck.

The graveyard is also one of the most popular Harry Potter filming locations in Edinburgh. The graves of Tom Riddle, William McGonagall, and Elizabeth Moodie are dotted throughout. They’re said to have inspired the respected characters in the novels.

/ / Snap a photo along Victoria Street . This is one of the most photographed streets in Edinburgh. It’s lined with colorful shops winding up from Grassmarket Square. Get here early for a good photo, then explore any of the shops.

National Museum Of Scotland

One of the best, free things to do in Edinburgh is visit the National Museum of Scotland .

There are a ton of interesting things to see here like Dolly, the world’s first cloned animal. Other highlights are Arthur’s Seat Coffins, the Cramond Lioness, and the Muonionalusta Meteorite. You could easily spend hours here looking at artifacts, paintings, Viking treasure, dinosaurs, and their newest exhibitions.

Location: Google Maps | Cost : Free

Edinburgh Itinerary: Day Two

Begin day two of this Edinburgh itinerary starts at the Scott Monument. Next, you’ll walk over to Calton Hill and admire the many monuments at the top, plus the most photographed view in the city. Afterward, head to The Dome for afternoon tea and finish off the day exploring the Palace of Holyrood, Holyrood Abbey, and Arthur’s Seat before grabbing a pint to conclude the day.

Scott Monument

The Scott Monument, built from 1840-1844, is a Victorian Gothic monument commemorating Scotland’s greatest novelist, Sir Walter Scott.

It protrudes above Edinburgh beautifully and is hard to miss while you walk between Old and New Town. You can climb all 287 stairs to access four different viewing platforms that overlook Princes Street, the Princes Street Gardens, Old Town, New Town, and Edinburgh Castle.

Inside, different types of artifacts and excerpts about Walter Scott’s life are framed by stained glass windows.

Location: Google Maps | Cost: £8 ($10 USD)

Calton Hill

Edinburgh is built on seven hills: Calton Hill , Arthur’s Seat, Castle Rock, Corstorphine Hill, Braid Hill, Blackford Hill, and Craiglockhart Hill. You can explore the top of all seven of them, but today you’ll be exploring Calton Hill.

What makes this hill different from the other six is that there are other monuments along this walk that you’ll be able to see on your way to the top:

Things to see on Calton Hill

/ / National Monument of Scotland . Although unfinished, and informally known as the Edinburgh Acropolis, the National Monument of Scotland was built to commemorate the soldiers who died during the Napoleonic Wars. The idea for this monument arose in 1816, a year after the wars, and was to be modeled after the Parthenon that stands in Rome. It was modeled after this structure since Edinburgh is known as “The Athens of the North”. Unfortunately, due to the cost of constructing Edinburgh’s New Town, the funds to finish this monument were cut in half, and the monument was left unfinished in 1829 and is now recognized as “ the pride and poverty of Scotland “, and “ Edinburgh’s shame ” by William Playfair, the monument’s architect.

/ / Nelson Monument . This was designed to look like an upturned telescope to honor Admiral Horatio Nelson’s victory and death in the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805. The white cross at the top was for ships in the harbor of Leith to indicate the time. Every day at one o’clock, the ball would drop and signal the time. Seven years after starting that, Edinburgh Castle decided to coincide with this and start the one o’clock gun to let the captains know.

/ / Dugald Stewart Monument . One of the most famous monuments in Edinburgh built to honor Scottish philosopher and writer Dugald Stewart in 1831.

/ / City Observatory . In 1818, William Henry Playfair was inspired by the Greek Temple of Four Winds and built this observatory. The first astronomer to study here in 1834, Professor Thomas Henderson, discovered parallax and how to calculate the distance to a star.

Location: Google Maps | Cost: Free

Afternoon Tea At The Dome

Drenched in opulence, The Dome is one of the best places in Edinburgh for afternoon tea.

They offer multiple different menus (GF, vegan, and children) and will make you feel like royalty inside their Georgian Tea Room. Tea here books up fast, so make a reservation in advance. Another great option is Clarinda’s Tea Room .

Location: Google Maps | Cost: £32 ($40 USD)

Palace of Holyroodhouse & Holyrood Abbey

Dating back to 1128, the Palace of Holyroodhouse started as an abbey for monks by David I.

He named it “Holyrood”, “Holyrod”, or Holy Cross. As time went on, kings who ruled would build on the abbey and it ended up being frequently visited by royalty. Around the 15th century, the king built a palace on the property, creating the Palace of Holyroodhouse.

I recommend picking up an audio tour as you walk through rooms, gardens, and galleries. It tells a bunch of stories and history about Bonnie Prince Charlie, Mary Queen of Scots, Queen Victoria, other royal residences, and the palace itself.

This is one of the most popular things to do in Edinburgh, so grab your entry tickets in advance.

Behind the palace is the original Holyrood Abbey . It was burnt down in the 13th century, so it’s now in ruins. However, the property is a beautiful place to take photos since the remains are almost one thousand years old and covered in this beautiful bright green moss.

Location: Google Maps | Cost: £20 ($25.20)

Sunset at Arthur’s Seat

From the abbey ruins you can walk right over to Arthur’s Seat .

This is another one of the seven hills Edinburgh was built on. Arthur’s Seat is interesting because it’s actually a dormant volcano. It’s one of the best panoramic views of Edinburgh and is a popular spot for locals to catch a sunset.

It takes a bit to get up there since the paths can get steep, so arrive a few hours before the sun goes down to explore and get some nice photos.

Things to see on Arthur’s Seat

/ / Saint Anthony’s Chapel Ruins .  This chapel has been linked to the Holyrood Abbey, but very little is known about this spot, even when it was built. A majority of the chapel is gone, but a small portion still stands. The best way to get up to the ruins is by following St. Margaret’s Loch and taking the path furthest to the left since it has the most steady elevation. Centuries ago, the same path was also taken by Pilgrims before arriving at Holyrood Abbey.

/ / St. Margarets Loch . Scenic loch with wildlife that is in the foreground of the ruins.

Grab a pint at a local pub

If you wander around and pop into the coziest pub you see, it’s nearly guaranteed to be a good time.

There is no shortage of pubs in Edinburgh, but if you need a little guidance, here are some recommendations:

/ / The Devil’s Advocate . Cozy, brick-lined gastropub with over 300 whiskys.

/ / The Last Drop . Atmospheric pub next to an old execution site.

/ / Auld Hundred . Old school pub with an intimate dining room upstairs.

Grabbing a pint is the best way to end day two of this Edinburgh itinerary. If you don’t drink, pop into Secret Arcade , although it’s a vodka bar, they have an extensive tea menu and are open late.

Edinburgh Itinerary: Day Three

The final stop on this 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary begins at Edinburgh Castle. From there, you’ll venture to Dean’s Village, have lunch in Stockbridge, and then spend the rest of the day visiting the Royal Botanic Gardens and Scottish National Gallery, ending the day with a movie at The Cameo Picturehouse.

Relive History at Edinburgh Castle

Edinburgh Castle is the most famous monument in the city and one of the oldest fortified places in Europe. It has a long and rich history as a royal residence, military garrison, prison, and fortress.

As you walk, you’ll be in the same footsteps as kings, queens, prisoners, and the occasional pirate or two. The castle grounds are massive, so you can easily end up spending half a day seeing everything in there.

Tickets sell out far in advance, especially during the summer months. Once they’re sold out, no other tickets are available to get into the castle, so make sure you grab yours ahead of time. I recommend getting the earliest possible time slot because the castle grounds are packed by the late morning.

You can buy a ticket that includes a guided tour or pick up a self-guided audio tour when you get inside. The audio tour is quite long, so I recommend getting a ticket that includes a tour. After that, you can explore around on your own.

Things to see at Edinburgh Castle

/ / Marvel at The Crown Jewels . Regalia (crown, sword, and stone) that were worn by Scottish Monarchs during their coronation.

/ / Visit the Great Hall . A wonder of medieval Scotland built for King James IV in 1511.

/ / Hear the One O’Clock Gun . An old time signal for ships in the Firth of Forth. The firing dates back to 1861 and the tradition is still carried on today.

/ / See the Royal Palace . The old residence of kings and queens. Many significant events in Scottish history happened within the palace walls.

Location: Google Maps | Cost: £19.50+ ($25+ USD)

Dean Village

Dean Village (meaning “Deep Valley”) is a dreamy, bucolic village built along a tranquil stream in West Edinburgh.

This little spot thrived for over 800 years until trade picked up and caused residents to abandon it during the second half of the 20th century. During that time, New Town had expanded, casting a casting a shadow on the small village.

It’s not riddled with sights and shops, but it is an ideal spot for a peaceful walk devoid of tourists. It’s only a ten-minute walk from Princes Street as well so it’s not too far away from the main areas.

While you’re here, don’t miss St. Bernard’s Well , Bell’s Brae Bridge ,  Dean Cemetary , and the Scottish National Gallery of Modern Art .

Lunch In Stockbridge

Right next to Dean Village is my favorite neighborhood in Edinburgh, Stockbridge.

There are a ton of great places to eat here:

/ / Skua . Modern Scottish cooking featuring small plates and drinks.

/ / Nok’s Kitchen . Traditional Thai food in a relaxed setting.

/ / The Scran and Scallie . Gastropub with a modern Scottish menu.

/ / Blackwoods . Local and regional Scottish cuisine.

/ / Bell’s Diner . Gourmet burgers, steaks, and shakes.

Also in this area, is one of the prettiest streets in Edinburgh, Circus Lane , a must-see before you head back into the city.

Royal Botanical Garden Edinburgh

The Royal Botanical Garden Edinburgh was founded in 1670. It boasts over 70 acres of greenery and a stunning view of the Edinburgh skyline.

There is a next-level herbarium (a collection of dried plant specimens) that contains over three million species of plants from over 300 years of collecting . They also host a variety of temporary exhibitions you can walk through.

Scottish National Gallery

The Scottish National Gallery is home to some of the finest art in the world from artists like Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne, Edgar Degas, Leonardo da Vinci, and Salvador Dali. Plus hundreds, if not thousands of other notable artists from the Renaissance and onward.

If you’re an art lover, you’ll love this place. Since it’s the last major stop on this itinerary, you can take your time here and explore it thoroughly.

Catch A Movie At The Cameo Picturehouse

The Cameo Picturehouse is the oldest entertainment complex in Edinburgh. It has almost, if not all its original decor and detailing which takes you back to when it was built in 1910.

They feature older and more modern movies. You can view the schedule here if you’re interested. They only play a handful of movies at a time, so find something you’ve never heard of or a new flick you’ve been anticipating for months.

They have snacks, free wifi, and all sorts of other goodies that you can snack on during the movie. This is a great way to close off your final night in Edinburgh and get that last taste of history before setting off to the Isle of Skye or your next destination!

3 Days In Edinburgh Overview

Here is an overview of what you’ll explore over this Edinburgh itinerary. Download the free map at the top of this blog post to help you map directions up to all these amazing stops.

Coffee at The Milkman

Enjoy A Full Scottish Breakfast

Grassmarket Square

National Museum of Scotland

Afternoon Tea at The Dome

Arthur’s Seat

Have a Pint at a Traditional Pub

Edinburgh Castle

Dean’s Village

Stockbridge

Royal Botanical Gardens

Cameo Picturehouse

More Things To Do in Edinburgh

These are more things to consider for your Edinburgh itinerary. A guide to the best things to do in Edinburgh is on the way.

/ / Leith . A bustling and artistic port district with waterfront cafes and traditional pubs.

/ / Camera Obscura & World of Illusions . Longstanding tower with five floors of illusions and hands-on exhibitions.

/ / Royal Yacht Britannica . The former floating palace of Queen Elizabeth II. You can tour it, enjoy high tea, and even book a stay overnight. Get tickets .

/ / Sheep Heid Inn . Cheers at Scotland’s oldest pub.

/ / Edinburgh Guided Food Tour . Spend 3 hours eating like a local around Old Town.

How Long Do You Need in Edinburgh?

3 days in Edinburgh is enough time to cover the city’s main highlights. I always say more time is always merrier when exploring larger cities. Three days is perfect if you’re visiting as part of a larger Scotland itinerary , and it’s all the time you have.

One or two days in Edinburgh is possible, but you’ll have to jam-pack your itinerary and miss out on some key places.  If you have less time, prioritize Edinburgh Castle, the Royal Mile, the Palace of Holyrood, Holyrood Abbey, Calton Hill, and Arthur’s Seat.

Where To Stay In Edinburgh

Edinburgh is filled with amazing places to stay no matter what type of trip you’re taking. I recommend staying as close to the Royal Mile or Princes Street as you can for convenience’s sake, especially if it’s your first time in Edinburgh.

Whether you’re traveling to Scotland on a budget or have more to spend, here are some amazing, centrally-located stays to consider. I also have a list of the best hostels in Edinburgh worth considering if you’re backpacking.

/ /  PRINCES STREET HOSTEL | This is a budget-friendly social hostel right off Princes Street. It’s within walking distance from the Royal Mile, Edinburgh Castle, Calton Hill, and other popular sites. They have mixed and female-only dorms with a variety of different beds. Onsite they also have a shared kitchen, free wifi, lockers, a lounge area, shared bathrooms, and a game room.

/ /  SIX BRUNTON PLACE | This charming stay is on the east side of Edinburgh near Calton Hill, Arthur’s Seat, and the Palace of Holyroodhouse. It’s a historic bed and breakfast with a garden, terrace, and free wifi. Each room has a TV, a private bathroom, a private patio, and a lounge area.

/ /  KIMPTON CHARLOTTE SQUARE | Nestled right below the towering Edinburgh Castle, this hotel is yards away from Princes and Georges Street and within walking distance from the Scott Monument, Grassmarket Square, and the Royal Mile. Rooms have smart TVs, complimentary treats and drinks, and a private bathroom. Onsite, guests can access the hotel’s swimming pool, gym, spa, and indoor courtyard, where breakfast is served.

/ / THE BALMORAL | This historic hotel opened in 1902 and is now one of the most luxurious stays in the heart of Edinburgh. It’s within walking distance of the Royal Mile, Scott Monument, Princes Street, and Edinburgh Castle. Onsite there are multiple fine dining restaurants and bars, a sauna, a Turkish steam room, an exercise studio, free wifi, and a swimming pool.

Booking.com

How To Get Around Edinburgh

/ / Walking | Edinburgh is very compact, so it’s an extremely walkable city. However, it’s a city built on seven hills and the roads are cobblestone, so pack comfortable walking shoes.

/ / Bus | Some destinations are too far for walking, and the next best option for getting around is by taking the bus. Edinburgh has a highly efficient bus system. The Lothian Bus website will tell you all the best bus options and times based on where you’re staying. You can purchase day tickets for £1.80 or a full-day pass for £4.50. Use this visitor’s guide to give you the COMPLETE 411 on navigating the city’s bus system.

/ / Taxi/Rideshare | If you ever need a ride after a late night out, an Uber or taxi is your best bet. While not the cheapest option, I found Uber more affordable and not as obnoxiously priced as taxis.

When To Visit Edinburgh

Choosing when to plan your Edinburgh itinerary largely depends on what you want to do.

Summer and fall are typically the two most favorable, but each season in Scotland offers something different and there are pros and cons to each of them. Read my guide on the Best Time To Visit Scotland for specific advice for each season and a month-to-month overview.

If you’re planning a trip to Edinburgh, feel free to reach out for additional advice and travel tips while you’re there. Otherwise, browse my other useful guides to help you plan your trip:

Best Things To Do in Edinburgh (coming soon)

Best Coffee Shops in Edinburgh

Best Hostels in Edinburgh

Best Time To Visit Scotland

Scotland Packing List

Essential Scotland Travel Tips

I hope you enjoyed my 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary. If you found it useful, save the pins below to Pinterest so you can reference it for your trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

17 comments on “ 3 Days In Edinburgh: Ultimate Edinburgh Itinerary ”

This is an awesome itinerary! You clearly put in a lot of work. I’m going to Edinburgh in November, and I’ve added so many things to do from this. Without you I would be stranded! Thank you!!

Great information 🙂

Hi! This is a fabulous article. I am planning a trip to Scotland with my daughter and it has been so helpful for me to map activities out.

I’m so glad you’re enjoying this- I hope you have the best trip with your daughter (:

A lovely write-up, in general, & engendered many happy memories! On two points, however, I must correct you:

First, Scotch is ‘whisky’; all that other stuff is ‘whiskey’.

Second, no matter how many tourists you may see doing it, it is very bad form to rub Bobby’s nose!

Thank you so much for this feedback (: I went ahead and made some revisions to this post to reflect your insight.

I love this, good job!

You have done an amazing job with this review of Edinburgh! I’ve been there before and after reading your post, I feel like I missed out on some great experienses. Thank you, now I really have to book a new trip to Edinburgh 😀

THANK YOU (: This is so kind!!

It took ages and I wanted to make sure I didn’t leave anything out – You can never see it all in one trip, so it really is all the more reason to go back (:

Such a great guide! I would love to visit Edinburgh someday. The royal botanical gardens sound great – definitely sounds like a great place to spend an afternoon!

It’s for sure a great place to unwind after all the hustle of the city!

This looks like such a perfect itinerary! We’re headed to Scotland in September so I hope the weather is ok then too! Will bookmark this for my reference -thanks!

We had some spontaneous rain even in the summertime, but hopefully, the weather holds up for you! (:

Great guide! I’m planning to spend a weekend there soon, this will make it so much easier, thanks!

Yay! I’m glad you loved it! (:

Edinburgh has been on my bucket list for a long time, love your pics!

Thanks so much! It’s a beautiful city!

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Mindful Traveller

Eco Travel Blog & Photography

3 Magical Days in Edinburgh: City Itinerary

4 August 2022 · In: City Guide , Edinburgh , Scotland , UK

The travel itinerary you need to spend 3 magical days in Edinburgh, Scotland.

Welcome to Edinburgh, the fascinating capital of Scotland. From the magnificent castle to the hidden underworld and birthplace of Harry Potter, this 3-day itinerary is perfect for first-timers or a weekend getaway between friends and family. It will show you all the best things to do and guide you through everything you need to know to make your Scottish city break unforgettable.

I have had the chance to visit Edinburgh twice (in autumn and spring), and each time was a wonderful experience. My first time there was particularly eye-opening, as I had not expected so much beauty and history. It was inspiring and made me want to go back again!

Since then, I have fallen in love with the Scottish capital. Its architecture and atmosphere are so special and unique, and the locals are full of kindness. It is a city (and country) that I recommend you visit.

In this 3-day travel guide, I share the best itinerary covering the top attractions in Edinburgh so you can make the most of your time away and enjoy your holiday stress-free. I also provide you with simple eco-tips for travelling responsibility (read more: 10 Eco-Friendly Things to Do in Edinburgh ). Have fun!

7- The Real Mary King’s Close

7- the vennel viewpoint, 6- the royal yacht britannia, overview: 3 perfect days in edinburgh, scotland.

• Day 1: Edinburgh Castle, Royal Mile & St Giles’ Cathedral
• Day 2: Holyrood Palace, Arthur’s Seat & National Museum of Scotland
• Day 3: Dean Village, Princes Street Gardens & Carlton Hill

Edinburgh 3-day itinerary – Map

Click on the top left of the map to display the list of stops and locations.

Edinburgh travel tips: things to know

• Book tickets for popular attractions in advance.
• Explore the city on foot (the best way to immerse yourself!).
• Avoid shopping for souvenirs along the Royal Mile.
• Enjoy free attractions such as the National Museum of Scotland.
• Wear comfortable shoes for walking around (and hiking).
• Pack waterproof gear for the unpredictable Scottish weather.
• Avoid the festival season to dodge the crowds (August).
• Have exact change for local buses.
• Do not offend the locals by saying Scotland is part of England.
• Try local food & Scotch whisky.

Detailed Itinerary: 3 days in Edinburgh

This Edinburgh travel itinerary covers all the best things to do in 3 days and is perfect for a weekend getaway or if you are visiting the city for the first time.

There is also a bonus at the end for Harry Potter fans.

Plus, you can dedicate one of your three days to exploring Scotland and organising a day trip. For example, a  guided day tour to Loch Ness  is a great idea to discover the Highlands and the legendary loch. Find out more about Loch Ness in this  complete travel guide .

Remember, this Edinburgh itinerary is only a guide with recommendations. You are more than welcome to spend more days or add other stops on your way. The Scottish capital has a lot to offer: you will never run out of ideas (even when it rains)!

Day 1 – Wander Through The Old Town

🚌 Transportation method : walk 📍 Number of stops : 6 or 7

1- Edinburgh Castle

What better way to discover Edinburgh than by starting your 3-day itinerary at the iconic Edinburgh castle? 

Edinburgh Castle  is a historic fortress perched on a rock overlooking the city, and the views from there are gorgeous! 

Of course, you can also visit the interior of this historic site, but try to book your tickets in advance and come early in the morning to avoid the crowds.

Edinburgh Castle is one of the most visited attractions in Scotland, so I recommend blocking out 1h30 of your time if you go inside.

For your next stop, you have two options depending on your preferences: The Scotch Whisky Experience and Camera Obscura & World of Illusions. But of course, you can select both if you wish! 

2- The Scotch Whisky Experience

Not far from Edinburgh Castle, at the top of the Royal Mile, you will find  The Scotch Whisky Experience , an attraction telling the story of the national drink of Scotland.

Even if you are not particularly into whisky (like me), this attraction is fun to do and an excellent way to discover more about Scottish culture.

The tour begins with a slow-moving ride that takes you through the whisky-making process and leads you to a room where you will have the chance to sample some of the most iconic Scottish whiskies, with a lesson on flavour and tasting. Finally, you will have the option to purchase your own set to take home at the end of the tour. 

An entertaining activity to do with friends or on a rainy day!

3- Camera Obscura & World of Illusions

Camera Obscura & World of Illusions  is another fun attraction next to Edinburgh Castle. It comprises five floors filled with over 100 illusions and an incredible rooftop offering 360-degree views of the city.

Each floor will take you through hands-on exhibits to test your brain against unique illusions. A perfect activity to do with kids! 

4- Royal Mile

Welcome to the heart of the Scottish capital! 

The Royal Mile is a succession of streets running through the heart of the Old Town, linking Edinburgh Castle to the Palace of Holyroodhouse.

The Mile is an incredible place to wander, enjoy unique Scottish architecture, and uncover cobbled closes and narrow stairways interlock to create a secret underworld.

It is also home to old and new parliaments, courthouses, a cathedral and churches, and a vast selection of attractions, walking tours, shops, restaurants, cafes and pubs to stop by and recharge. 

Yes, you guessed it, there are plenty of things to do along the Mile! 

Tip: I would suggest not shopping for souvenirs there, as the street is full of tourist traps and poor-quality products.

5- St Giles’ Cathedral

As you walk along the Royal Mile towards the Palace of Holyroodhouse, you will have the chance to come across  St Giles’ Cathedral  overlooking the street.

Founded in the 12th century, St Giles’ was the church of John Knox during the Reformation and today represents 1,000 years of history in the heart of Edinburgh.

Take the time to marvel in front of its magnificent façade, and step inside to admire its high vaulted ceilings and beautiful stained glass windows. Admission is free of charge, but donations are encouraged!

6- Cockburn Street

After stopping at the Cathedral, continue walking towards Holyrood Palace and turn left onto Cockburn Street, a picturesque lane created as a serpentine link between the High Street and Waverley Station in 1856. 

The road is lovely for strolling around, stopping for a coffee and shopping in small independent stores. You can also venture through its narrow closes and stairways to immerse yourself in Scottish heritage.

To return to the Royal Mile, take Warriston’s Close Stairs, left at the end of the street.

Finally, it is time to discover the hidden beauty of Edinburgh: its underground history. 

Beneath the City Chambers on the Royal Mile lies its deepest secret: a maze of hidden streets where people lived, worked and died between the 17th and the 19th centuries.

The  Real Mary King’s Close  takes you on a time capsule expedition through the fascinating history of the Scottish capital. On a one-hour tour led by a character guide portraying a former resident of the Close, you will learn the real stories from the past of Edinburgh. A fun activity for all ages!

And if you have time, head to Calton Hill after your tour to enjoy an incredible sunset over the city.

Day 2 – Journey Through Scottish History

🚌 Transportation method : walk 📍 Number of stops : 7

1- Palace of Holyroodhouse

After a good night of rest, you will start your second day with the  Palace of Holyroodhouse  (or Holyrood Palace), the official residence of Her Majesty The Queen in Scotland and the home of Scottish royal history, standing proudly at the end of the Royal Mile.

Through this awe-impressive site, you will have the chance to explore 14 historic and State Apartments, the romantic ruins of the 12th-century Holyrood Abbey and beautiful royal gardens. 

And if you need a bit of guidance, you can opt for a multimedia tour at the entrance. 

2- Arthur’s Seat

Arthur’s Seat is an ancient volcano and the prominent peak of the group of hills in Edinburgh, forming most of Holyrood Park – a 640-acre Royal Park adjacent to Holyrood Palace.

Arthur’s Seat, the highest point of the park, sits 251m above sea level, offering excellent views over the city. It is quite a hike to reach it (climbing to the top and back takes around 2 hours), and the wind is strong up there, but the panorama is totally worth it! 

Within the park, you can also visit St Anthony’s Chapel, a 15th-century medieval chapel and Duddingston Loch, a freshwater loch affluent in birdlife.

And if hiking is not your thing, stroll along the Salisbury Crags, a series of 150-foot cliffs dominating the Edinburgh skyline and presenting unique scenery.

3- The Elephant House

After your hike and walk through Holyrood Park, return to the Old Town and stop at the  Elephant House  for a lovely and well-deserved break! 

Opened in 1995, the Elephant House is one of the best coffee houses in Edinburgh. It is well-known as the place of inspiration for writers such as J.K. Rowling, who wrote many of her early novels (including Harry Potter) in the back room overlooking Edinburgh Castle. 

The coffee shop serves all types of hot drinks and delicious cakes. The place can also be busy and touristy, but it is worth a visit, especially if you are a Harry Potter fan.

4- National Museum of Scotland

Only a few steps away from the Elephant House, you will find the  National Museum of Scotland , taking you on a journey of discovery through the history of the country, the wonders of nature, art and design, science and technology, and world cultures.

It is a great way to learn more about Scotland through exhibitions and events and is a pleasant attraction for all ages. 

5- Victoria Street

Victoria Street is another quaint cobbled lane and one of the most photographed locations in the city. It is also famous for being the inspiration for Diagon Alley in Harry Potter. 

Its gentle curve and colourful storefronts make it a favourite spot for photos! You will also find plenty of independent shops and cafes – a perfect place to stroll and enjoy the dazzling atmosphere of the city.

6- Grassmarket

Continue your way down Victoria Street and arrive at Grassmarket, a vibrant area full of lively bars and eclectic shops.

Once a medieval marketplace and site for public executions, Grassmarket is now one of the most-loved places to live, work and visit for visitors near and far due to its detailed medieval architecture, sweeping views of the castle and its dynamic atmosphere.

The area is perfect for stopping for a break or shopping, as you will find many independent shops and boutiques.

And because you are wandering around Grassmarket, venture up the Vennel Steps for incredible views of the castle – it is worth the shot! 

The steps offer the perfect panorama and photo souvenir to remember these three magical days in Edinburgh. You do not have to stay there long, and it can get busy, but it is a lovely place to capture the moment.

Day 3 – Discover The New Town

🚌 Transportation method : walk & bus 📍 Number of stops : 4 or 6

1- Dean Village

Dean Village is a small village right by the Water of Leith, northwest of the city centre of Edinburgh, accessible on foot (approx 30mins) or by bus (15mins). An ideal way to start your third and last day!

A thriving grain milling area for over 800 years, it is the perfect place to wander, take incredible photos and appreciate medieval architecture and quaint cobbled lanes.

Hidden in the village, you will come across a variety of stone slabs decorated with baked bread and pies. You will also encounter the Dean Bridge by walking along the path following the Water of Leith, offering a gorgeous panorama (do not forget to capture it – but remember that the village is a residential area). 

And at its heart is Well Court, the most iconic building of Dean Village. This establishment was built in the 1880s and housed local workers who operated the water mills. 

2- Princes Street Gardens

After your promenade through Dean Village, return to the city centre. Your next stop is Princes Street Gardens, one of the most beautiful gardens of Edinburgh and the main shopping area – separating the Old Town from the New Town.

The gardens cover over 37 acres divided into two parts by the Mound, an artificial hill connecting the New Town and Old Town and home to the Scottish National Gallery.

Take the time to stroll and admire the view of the castle perched on its rock. You can also stop for a snack or do some shopping before heading to your next stop. 

3- Scott Monument

As you walk towards Calton Hill, you will come across the Scott Monument, a Victorian Gothic memorial to Scottish author Sir Walter Scott – the second largest monument dedicated to a writer.

You can admire the site from the outside or join a guided tour to learn who Sir Walter Scott was, why this impressive monument was established in his honour and take in the stunning views of Edinburgh from the viewing platform on the third floor.

Tip: book your tickets when you arrive directly at the monument.

4- Calton Hill

Continue to walk down Princes Street to reach Calton Hill, an extinct volcano set right in the city centre and one of the primary hills in Edinburgh, offering stunning viewpoints.

Listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Calton Hill has some of the best views in the city and is a perfect place to catch the sunset (or sunrise if you are an early riser). 

You will also find some iconic Scottish monuments and buildings, including the National Monument, Dugald Stewart Monument, Nelson’s Monument, Old Royal High School, Robert Burns Monument, Political Martyrs’ Monument and the City Observatory.

Calton Hill is easily accessible to anyone. It takes about five minutes to get to the top of the hill from a staircase (you can find many around the park).

If you have time, you can add the following two stops to your 3-day itinerary:

5- Royal Botanic Garden

Not far from the city centre, the  Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh  offers you peace and tranquillity amidst 72 acres of stunning scenery. It is one of the finest botanic gardens in the world and a renowned scientific centre for studying the diversity and conservation of plants.

It is an ideal place for all the family, as the Garden offers fantastic views and an opportunity to discover its captivating history and learn more about its plantings. You can also enjoy the serenity of the Chinese Hillside, explore the famous Rock Garden or stroll among the majestic Giant Redwood trees of Woodland Garden.

Finally, if time allows, head all the way north to the  Royal Yacht Britannia , the former royal yacht of the British monarch, in service from 1954 to 1997. 

The Royal Yacht Britannia has hosted some of the most famous people, from Nelson Mandela to Winston Churchill, and above all, it was home to the British Royal Family for over 40 years.

Moored in Leith, it is now open to visitors allowing you to step into Royalty and explore the floating Royal residence – a fascinating insight into the past and heritage of Great Britain.

An audio handset tour is available in 30 languages.

Bonus for Harry Potter fans

You will find plenty of must-see  Harry Potter locations in Edinburgh , perfect if you are a fan of the famous wizarding world created by J.K. Rowling.

The author wrote much of the Harry Potter series whilst living in Edinburgh, serving as inspiration for many aspects of the books and making the city an unmissable destination for those eager to explore real-life and iconic spots.

Here are some places worth visiting if you want to make your Edinburgh itinerary even more magical:

• The Cauldron : a fantasy-inspired bar teaching you how to make magical cocktails.
• Harry Potter Tours:  The Potter Trail  and  Inspired by Harry Potter .
• Greyfriars Kirkyard : graveyard that inspired some of the names in the books.

Unforgettable experiences I recommend

Hey, are you enjoying this content.

Enjoy reading this article and want to continue learning more about sustainable travel? Support the blog & community by buying me a coffee! ☕

A little goes a long way. And together, we can create a better future for our planet.

How to get to Edinburgh

The best way to get to Edinburgh will depend on where you come from and your budget, but there are many options to reach the Scottish capital.

One of the quickest ways to get to Edinburgh is by plane . If you are travelling from another country or a distant city, you will likely arrive at Edinburgh Airport (EDI), the main airport serving the city, offering domestic and international flights from various destinations. But please, try to prioritise direct flights to reduce your carbon footprint – if flying is the only option. From the airport, you can take a taxi, bus or tram to reach the city centre.

One of the most eco-friendly ways to get to Edinburgh is by train . The capital has excellent rail connections with other major cities in the UK, including London, Glasgow and Aberdeen. Waverley Station and Haymarket Station are the two main railway stations in Edinburgh, and both stations are centrally located to provide easy access to the city centre.

Finally,  the most affordable option for getting to Edinburgh is by coach . It is a great way to reach the Scottish capital if you are exploring Europe on a budget, but it may take longer. Several bus companies operate services to Edinburgh from various locations in the UK and Europe via its main bus station at St Andrew Square, near the city centre. Check out companies like  FlixBus  and  Eurolines , which offer long-distance journeys at affordable prices. 

How to get around Edinburgh

Once in Edinburgh, you will find many options for getting around the city.

The best way (eco-friendly too) to travel around Edinburgh is on foot . The Scottish capital is compact and easily walkable, as its main attractions, shopping streets and historic landmarks are within walking distance of each other, especially in the city centre. Walking is also a great way to explore the narrow streets of the Old Town and the wide boulevards of the New Town whilst soaking up the architecture and atmosphere.

The best option to get around Edinburgh faster (or if you want to travel further) is by public transport . Edinburgh has an extensive public transportation network operated by Lothian Buses and Edinburgh Trams, and you can easily purchase single tickets or day passes for unlimited travel on buses and trams. The city centre is well-served by bus routes, and the tram line runs from the city centre to Edinburgh Airport. 

The last and fun option is to travel around Edinburgh by bike . It is a fantastic way to get around the city whilst reducing your carbon footprint! Edinburgh is bike-friendly, with dedicated cycle lanes throughout the city. You can rent a bike from different rental shops or use the bike-sharing scheme, Just Eat Cycles, which offers rental bikes at docking stations across Edinburgh.

Best time to visit Edinburgh

The  best time to visit Edinburgh is in summer (June to August)  when the weather is warm and pleasant, with longer daylight hours, which can extend late into the evening. You will enjoy a lively atmosphere, as this is when Edinburgh hosts several festivals, including the famous Edinburgh Festival Fringe in August. 

Considerations – Summer is also the peak tourist season, so popular attractions can be crowded and accommodation prices tend to be higher.

Spring (March to May)  and  autumn (September to November)  are also excellent seasons as they offer milder temperatures than winter, making them good times for sightseeing and enjoying the gardens without the summer crowds. You will see beautiful flowers in bloom in spring and stunning orange foliage in autumn, adding to the magical atmosphere.

Considerations – Days will be shorter, the weather may be unpredictable with occasional rain showers, and some attractions may have limited availability compared to peak season.

Winter (December to February)  offers an incredible festive atmosphere during the holiday season, with Christmas markets, light displays and events throughout the city. It is also a quieter time for tourists, so you can enjoy attractions with fewer crowds.

Considerations – Days will be shorter, temperatures will be colder (with rain and possibly snow) and some attractions may have reduced hours or seasonal closures.

I personally loved Edinburgh in autumn! The first time I visited the city was in late October, and I loved its moody and mystical vibe. This season made the city even more special, with stunning colours – a haven for photographers. It is also a time of year I recommend if you decide to venture on a road trip to the Highlands.

Where to stay in Edinburgh for 3 days

The best neighbourhoods in edinburgh.

Here is an overview of the best areas to stay in the Scottish capital for a 3-day trip:

• The New Town, best for first-timers : The New Town offers a central location and an easy connection to all public transport, including the train. It is also the primary shopping area of the city, filled with boutiques, buzzing bars and restaurants.
• The   Old Town, best for families & history lovers:   the Old Town is the heart of Edinburgh and one of the best places to stay to experience what the city offers, as you will have the chance to be close to all major attractions. However, remember that hotels here are likely to be more expensive due to their central and scenic location.
• Dean Village, best for photographers & art lovers : Dean Village is a slice of tranquillity just minutes from the bustling city centre, with quaint cobbled streets and a picturesque footpath by the Water of Leith River. It is the ideal place to enjoy peace and serenity without being far from the main highlights of the capital. 
• Leith, best for budget:  Leith is an area north of Edinburgh, home to the port and the Royal Yacht Britannia. It is slightly further from the centre but is easily accessible by bus. Perfect for sea lovers, it is a charming place filled with budget accommodations and lively bars and restaurants.

My experience

I have visited Edinburgh twice and stayed both times in Leigh. It was a great place as the accommodations were affordable, it was tranquil, and the bus was easy to get to the New Town (20 minutes). 

Wherever you stay in Edinburgh, the city is not big and easily accessible by public transport (I know the city centre can be a little expensive, so do not be afraid to stay a bit further).

Shop the complete travel planner

Plan your perfect city break in Edinburgh with this complete planner!

Sustainable travel in Edinburgh

Sustainable travel  means exploring the world whilst being aware of your surroundings and having a positive social, environmental and economic impact on the places you visit.

Be a more responsible explorer in Edinburgh and leave a positive impact with these sustainable travel tips :

• Book direct flights  (which require less fuel than indirect flights)  and  offset your carbon footprint . But, do not use carbon offsetting as a complete solution. Combine it with other sustainable practices, like avoiding single-use plastic on the plane and mindfully packing your suitcase to be ready for your green city break. 
• Select an eco-friendly accommodation . Select hotels or guesthouses with eco-friendly practices, such as energy-efficient lighting, water conservation measures and waste reduction initiatives. It is not always easy to determine whether an accommodation has these practices, but try to look on their website for green credentials. You can also use  Bookdifferent  or  Ecobnb  to help you decide.
• Use public transport . Opt for buses, trams and trains instead of private vehicles to explore Edinburgh. The city has an efficient public transportation system that can help reduce carbon emissions.
• Otherwise,  walk or cycle ! Edinburgh is a walkable city with numerous pedestrian-friendly streets and scenic paths. Consider walking or cycling to explore neighbourhoods and attractions, promoting your health and reducing your carbon emissions.
• Eat at local restaurants and cafés  that use produce from the region and prioritise sustainability. It will contribute to the local economy and reduce the carbon footprint by supporting places where food does not come from long distances.
• Always respect the local heritage . Treat people and their surroundings with respect. Sustainable travel is not only about the environment but also about the local communities. So, always be respectful and try to learn a few Scottish words!

More inspiration for your green vacation:

• Best Travel Apps for Exploring Sustainably
• 15 Travel Books to Inspire Your Next Eco-Adventure
• Best Ecotourism Activities Around the World

Eco-friendly gear you might love:

• 10 Best Sustainable Backpacks for Travel & Hiking
• 10 Best Reusable & Eco-Friendly Travel Mugs
• 8 Best Filtered Water Bottles for Travel & Hiking

Check out  this page  for more inspiration on eco-friendly products & gear.

Edinburgh travel planning guide

Yes, buying insurance is always valuable when travelling abroad. Enjoy your city break in Edinburgh stress-free with one of my favourite providers,  Nomad Insurance .

Yes, tap water is safe to drink all over Edinburgh. However, I also recommend travelling with the  UltraPress Purifier Bottle , a lightweight filtered water bottle perfect for reducing plastic and staying hydrated.

Yes, renting a car in Edinburgh is easy and is a great way to explore the outside of the city freely. I recommend booking yours with  Rentalcars.com  – they offer a variety of operators for all budgets.

The best way to book your accommodation in Edinburgh is with  Booking.com  – my favourite platform to compare and reserve places to stay each night, from affordable guesthouses to luxury hotels.

I recommend booking your plane with  Skyscanner . It has been my favourite platform for years, as it allows me to book the cheapest flights whilst lowering my carbon emissions.

3 days in Edinburgh – FAQ

Yes, 3 days are ideal to discover the capital and see the main attractions. It will allow you to learn more about the Scottish heritage without rushing. Spending a fourth day would also be a perfect opportunity to visit the country – I did this  one-day tour to Loch Ness , and I loved it!

Yes, Edinburgh is a walkable city. Getting around the city on foot is the best way to appreciate its architecture and immerse yourself in its culture. The Scottish capital is compact, and all the main attractions are close together, so you will not have any problems walking around – especially in the Old Town, where there are hardly any cars.

To get to Loch Ness from Edinburgh, you can rent a car and drive (approx 3.5 hours each way), take the train to Inverness (regular direct trains – 3.5 hours) or book a guided day tour ( Heart of Scotland  is the one I used and loved them). 

The best time to visit Edinburgh and avoid crowds is in May and September. The temperatures will still be pleasant, and the days will be long enough for you to enjoy a day of sightseeing. I recommend avoiding August as it is the busiest month due to the many festivals.

And you, have you ever visited Edinburgh or would you like to go one day?  Let me know in the comments below!

With love ♡ Lucie

• Share on Twitter Share on Twitter
• Share on Facebook Share on Facebook
• Share on Pinterest Share on Pinterest

You will also love

STAY INSPIRED

Join our community today to receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories that will inspire your next adventures, directly to your inbox. Can't wait to see you inside ♡

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Sustainable Travel Guide to Venice, Italy

Follow the journey.

On the Blog

• Privacy Policy

Become an insider!

And receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories ♡

Copyright Lucie Charpentier © 2024 · Theme by 17th Avenue

• Worldschooling Topics
• Family Travel Resources
• Destinations
• Travel Tips
• Responsible Travel
• Family Gap Year Guide
• Places and Destinations

20 Best Ideas For An Edinburgh 3 Day Itinerary With Kids

Nestled amidst rolling hills and steeped in history, Edinburgh, Scotland beckons families with its timeless charm. This city can take years to fully experience. But even if you’re limited to an Edinburgh 3 day itinerary, you’ll still be able to experience the best of what Edinburgh has to offer.

From medieval castles to vibrant streets teeming with street performers, Edinburgh provides an ideal setting for families seeking culture and excitement. Wander along the historic Royal Mile. Or take a moment to marvel at the grandeur of the iconic Edinburgh Castle that looms majestically over the city. 

We visited Edinburgh over a period of several days to research all the fun things families can do in this city. Take a read through this post for travel tips of the best things to do during a 3 day Edinburgh itinerary. You’re sure to find something to love in this beautiful Scottish city.

This post may contain affiliate links. That means I may receive a small commission if you click on the link and purchase something. But don't worry, this will not result in any extra costs to you.

Table of Contents

Easy Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

Don’t have time to read through the whole post? Here’s an easy itinerary that will give you a great overview of Edinburgh.

• Hop on hop off bus tour
• Edinburgh Castle
• Royal Mile  
• Holyrood Palace

Day 2: 

• Harry Potter tour
• National Museum of Scotland
• Camera Obscura
• Loch Lomond day trip
• Victoria Street and Grassmarket Square

If you’ve never been to Edinburgh before, take a read through my first time in Edinburgh guide for basic information and travel tips.

Where to stay during an Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

If you only have three days in Edinburgh Scotland, the best place to stay is in the city centre, close to Old Town or New Town. This part of Edinburgh is where many of the city’s attractions are located. So staying in a hotel in this area means you won’t need to do a lot of walking or riding the tram.

Accommodations in Edinburgh tend to be between £230-350 per night (roughly $300-450 USD), and can be higher if you’re right in Old Town or New Town. Make sure you account for those costs in your travel budget. 

Check out my tips for making a family travel budget .

Apex Grassmarket

You can’t get any more central than Apex Grassmarket . This hotel is located right at Grassmarket Square, making it steps away from restaurants and just a few minutes walk from Edinburgh Castle and the Royal Mile.

Rooms at Apex Grassmarket can accommodate families of 4, and offer views of the city. WiFi, a TV with cable channels, a safe, and 24-hour room service are all included in the rooms. There’s also a pool, gym, and laundry facilities on the premises. Breakfast is available for a fee.

Cityroomz Edinburgh

For more basic accommodations, book a stay at Cityroomz Edinburgh . Families can book suites, studios, or quadruple rooms, which can all accommodate families of 4. Cityroomz Edinburgh is located to the west of Edinburgh Castle, and is within a 1-2 minute walk from restaurants and cafes.

Rooms and suites at Cityroomz Edinburgh come with WiFi, TV, coffee/tea maker, and an in-room safe. There are laundry facilities on the premises. The suites have a kitchen and table, for those who want to cook their own meals during their three days in Edinburgh.

Cairn Hotel

If you’re looking for a more homey hotel experience, with some British charm, book a stay at the Cairn Hotel . This hotel offers rooms that accommodate families of 3, apartments and lofts for families of 4, and houses for families of 6-12 people. Rooms at the Cairn Hotel come with WiFi and TV. Apartments, lofts, and houses come with a kitchen for families who want to self-cater.

Cairn Hotel is located northeast of New Town, however it’s still walkable to many of Edinburgh’s attractions. Breakfast is available for a fee. And there are plenty of restaurants within a 2-5 minute walk from the hotel.

Ideas for an Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

There are plenty of activities to fill your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary. For this list, I’ve grouped the ideas into top attractions, museums, outdoor spaces, and tours. Take a look through this list and find the perfect things to do in Edinburgh with kids.

Top Edinburgh attractions

There are plenty of amazing attractions and points of interest to visit during a 3 day Edinburgh itinerary. Being such an old city (the area itself has been inhabited by humans as early as 8500 BC!) you’ll find many historic sites dating back hundreds of years.

Walk through royal homes and roads, historic streets, and hallowed grounds to get a glimpse of Edinburgh’s unique history.

1. Edinburgh Castle

Edinburgh Castle was the home of Scottish monarchs and played important roles in Scotland’s attempts at independence. You’ll find important Scottish relics there, like the Crown Jewels and the Stone of Destiny. These items were used for the coronation of Scottish kings.

A unique event at Edinburgh Castle is the firing of the one o’clock gun. Historically, the shooting of the gun was meant to help sailors set their clocks. The tradition continues today, and visitors gather at the castle to watch the gun fire at 1 pm.

Edinburgh Castle is open every day from 9:30 am - 6 pm (5 pm from October to March). You can book tickets online. If you’re interested in a guided tour of Edinburgh Castle, consider booking this tour from Little Fish Tours . They’re a locally formed tour company that’s also dedicated to sustainable tourism.

Learn how to travel more sustainably as a family .

2. Royal Mile

The Royal Mile is the name of the road that stretches between Edinburgh Castle and the Palace of Holyrood House. It was traditionally a processional route for monarchs. Today, it’s lined with restaurants and shops for the many tourists that walk along it. 

The road is actually a little longer than a mile, and takes families about forty five minutes to walk from one end to the other. There are several museums you can stop at along the road, including the Museum of Edinburgh, the Writer’s Museum (honoring writers like Sir Walter Scott and Robert Louis Stevenson) and the People’s Museum. 

You can also find attractions like The Scotch Whisky Experience , where you can sample whisky. The Real Mary King’s Close is also located along the Royal Mile, a guided tour experience to help you see how residents lived throughout history.

A Royal Mile walking tour is a great way to experience the area like a local. This guided tour of the Royal Mile, from Edinburgh Guided Tour , takes you through stops along the road to gain insight into the history of these places.

3. Palace of Holyrood House

At the opposite end of the Royal Mile from Edinburgh Castle, near the Scottish Parliament Building, is the Palace of Holyrood House . This is the British Royal Family’s official royal residence in Edinburgh. But Holyrood House was also the home of Scottish royalty, including Mary Queen of Scots.

Since it is an official royal residence, you can only visit certain parts of the palace. However, Holyrood House is open Thursdays to Mondays (from July to September it’s open everyday) from 9:30 am to 4:30 pm (opening hours are 9:30 am to 6 pm from April to October). It’s worth a visit to learn about the history of the Scottish monarchy.

4. Greyfriars Kirkyard

South of the Royal Mile is Greyfriars Kirkyard, a graveyard adjacent to Greyfriars Kirk (kirk means church). This historic graveyard dates back to the 16th century and was also involved in the Covenanting movement, a religious and political movement in Scotland in the 1600’s. You can find monuments to the Covenanters within the kirkyard.

For fans of the Harry Potter books, a trip to Greyfriars Kirkyard is a must. This graveyard served as inspiration for the names of many characters in the beloved book series, including McGonagall, Riddle, and Moody (though the spelling differs).

5. Victoria Street

Another Harry Potter fan must-see is Victoria Street, also located south of the Royal Mile. This colorful street served as the inspiration for Diagon Alley in the book series. 

But even if you’re not a fan of the Harry Potter series, Victoria Street is still worth a visit. Built in the 1800’s and designed to be intentionally picturesque, Victoria Street is lined with shops and cafes with brightly colored facades. Pop into La Barantine Victoria for a coffee and pastry and enjoy some people watching!

6. New Town and Prince’s Street

The historic part of Edinburgh is divided into the Old Town and the New Town, built in the 1800s. This part of Edinburgh, which is a designated UNESCO World Heritage Site, was built by the wealthy residents who wanted to separate themselves from the common residents of the city. 

While most of Edinburgh’s points of interest are located in the Old Town, New Town is still worth a visit. Princes Street is now a shopping street with Marks and Spencer’s, Primark, and H&M. The Scottish National Gallery (the National Portrait Gallery) is also located in New Town, as well as the main train station, Edinburgh Waverley Station.

7. Scott Monument

Sir Walter Scott is one of Scotland’s most beloved writers. A prolific writer in his day, Sir Walter Scott is most known for his works of fiction, like Rob Roy and Waverley , and his epic poetry, like The Lady of The Lake .

Scott Monument, located at Princes Street Gardens, was built to honor Sir Walter Scott. Visitors can take guided tours of the monument to learn about Sir Walter Scott’s life and climb the tower to the top. You’ll get a great bird’s eye view of New Town and Old Town. 

The monument is open daily from 10 am to 4:30 pm. It’s closed between 12:30-1:45 pm for lunch. Tickets are £8 for adults and £6 for kids. Family tickets are £20.

Ready for a change? Take the first step to living a life of full time travel.

Museums in Edinburgh

Scotland’s weather is unpredictable, even in the summer. So don’t be surprised if you get rainy or overcast days during your Edinburgh 3 day itinerary. 

Fortunately, Edinburgh has no shortage of museums. They’re a great way to pass the time when the weather is not pleasant.

8. National Museum of Scotland

If you’re looking for a place that covers history, science, and culture all in one place, then head to the National Museum of Scotland . We love using museums as resources for worldschooling as it gives kids a chance to learn at their own pace.

The National Museum has exhibits about the natural world, art and design, science and technology, and archeology. You can spend a whole afternoon interacting with exhibits! And it’s a great indoor activity for when the unpredictable Scottish weather gets too wet for outdoor excursions.

Entry to the National Museum of Scotland is free. The museum is open from 10 am to 5 pm every day.

9. Museum of Edinburgh

If you’re looking for another indoor activity, head to the Museum of Edinburgh , located in the Royal Mile. This museum focuses specifically on the history of Edinburgh, covering religious movements and other historical moments of the city. You’ll also see collections of decorative art.

The Museum of Edinburgh is free to enter. And it’s open every day from 10 am to 5 pm. If you have young kids, be sure to check out the family learning space with activity sheets and learning quests to engage the kids.

The Museum of Edinburgh is part of the Museums and Galleries of Edinburgh collection. After your visit to the Museum of Edinburgh, be sure to check out the Writer’s Museum, the People’s Museum, and the Museum of Childhood.  Entry into all these museums is free.

10. Camera Obscura and World of Illusions

To get a glimpse into medieval technology, head to the Camera Obscura and World of Illusion . A camera obscura is a darkened room with a hole and mirrors above it that projects an image of the outside onto a concave table in the center of the room. This technology existed since around the 10th century, and at the time, people thought it was witchcraft!

We visited a camera obscura at Torre Tavira when we were in Cadiz with kids , and loved it. Coincidentally, the guide at the Camera Obscura in Edinburgh told me that the Edinburgh one was the inspiration for the Cadiz one. 

The Camera Obscura in Edinburgh is also a museum of illusion. On the floors leading up to the top floor, you’ll find various exhibits focusing on optical illusions. 

Entry to the Camera Obscura and World of Illusions is £21.95 for adults and £16.95 for kids. The Camera Obscura and World of Illusions is open every day from 8 am to 10 pm.

Learn more about the amazing family travel resources we use for worldschooling!

Outdoor places and public spaces

Scotland is well known for its lush greenery and stunning landscape. And just because you’re in a city, doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy the outdoors too. Below are a few places where you can enjoy outside time in Edinburgh.

Keep in mind, Scotland’s weather is famously unpredictable, so if you’re planning for some outdoor time, be sure to pack layers and a waterproof jacket. And have an indoor backup plan!

Read about our top nomad essentials for travel.

11. Arthur’s Seat

If you’re in the mood for a good hike, head over to Arthur’s Seat. Located at Holyrood Park and made from an ancient volcano, Arthur’s Seat reaches a height of 822 feet. You can get some great views of Edinburgh from the top of it!

There are multiple trails that lead up to the top of Arthur’s Seat. Some are steeper than others. Allow 1-2 hours to climb to the summit.

12. The Meadows and The Royal Botanic Garden

If you’re in the mood for outdoor running around, relaxing, or people watching, head to The Meadows. This expansive park has grassy fields for playing cricket, tree-lined paths for strolling, a playground, and a cafe. There’s also a community garden.

The Meadows is also a popular spot for dog walking and picnics. In the spring, this park is a great spot to see cherry blossoms. And it’s also a frequent venue for festivals and markets.

Alternatively, if you’re more interested in seeing flowers and plants, head to the Royal Botanic Garden, on the other side of the city. This garden is over 350 years old, and features Scottish native plants as well as plants from all over the world. The Royal Botanic Garden is open daily and is free to enter.

13. Grassmarket Square

Another public space worth visiting is Grassmarket. This open space at the south end of Victoria Street is surrounded by restaurants and pubs. It also offers a great view of Edinburgh Castle.

Grassmarket played an important role in Edinburgh history as it historically was a public market space. It also used to be the place for public executions. There’s a stone platform memorializing the Coventanters movement that’s located roughly where the gallows used to be.

Get weekly worldschooling tips sent to your inbox with my Worldschooling Wednesday  email series.

Unique tours for an Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

If you’re a worldschooling family like us, then you enjoy learning during your travels. One of the best ways to learn about the places you visit is by taking a guided tour. 

The tours on this list are a mix of fun and learning. And best of all, they’re perfect for all ages!

14. Hop on hop off bus

We love doing hop on hop off buses when we get to a new city. It gives us a chance to get to know the lay of the land and pass by all the attractions in one go. We did a hop on hop off bus tour in Paris and it was so much fun!

If your time in Edinburgh is limited, a hop on hop off bus tour is a great way to cover a lot of ground. The City Sightseeing hop on hop off bus takes you to stops like St. Andrew’s Square, Grassmarket, John Knox House, and Canongate, which gives you access to many of the city’s main attractions.

The buses run from 9am to 6pm, leaving stops every 12 minutes. Your ticket is good for 24 hours.

15. Harry Potter walking tour

If you’re Harry Potter fans like we are, then you’ll want to take a Harry Potter walking tour of Edinburgh. The city of Edinburgh serves as the inspiration for much of J.K. Rowlings’ stories - from the names of characters to places like Diagon Alley and Hogwarts. 

The Harry Potter walking tour that we recommend is the Immersive Harry Potter Walking Tour from See Your City . The 2 hour tour takes you to places that were important to the making of the Harry Potter books, including Greyfriar’s Kirkyard and Victoria Street. 

One unique part of the tour was getting “sorted” into the four houses (I was sorted into Hufflepuff), and competing with the other houses to answer Harry Potter trivia questions. We almost won the cup, but Ravenclaw beat us by 5 points!

16. Food tour

Scotland is famous for its haggis, a delicacy made from sheep’s offal mixed with fat and oatmeal. But if you’re not familiar with haggis, eating the dish can be quite intimidating.

One of the best ways to get comfortable with this Scottish delicacy - and other Scottish food and drink - is to take a food tour. Eat Walk Tours , a Scottish-owned company, offers walking food tours of Edinburgh that’s perfect for adventurous eaters. Tours last around 2 hours and includes food and drink tastings at five locations throughout Edinburgh.

17. Ghost Bus Tour in Edinburgh

Fans of ghosts and comedy should not miss a ride on the Ghost Bus of Edinburgh . We took the Ghost Bus tour when we were in London with kids and we loved it! And this time around, it was even better. 

This bus tour takes visitors to many of Edinburgh’s haunted spots. The tour stops at St Cuthbert’s Church, where you can stop to take pictures of the graveyard and Edinburgh castle. Throughout the tour, the guide provides commentary about the ghosts who supposedly haunt these places, along with bad jokes and puns.

The Ghost Bus tour lasts around 1.5 hours. Tickets are £19 for adults and £14 for kids. There’s a family ticket available for £51 that covers 2 adults and 2 kids. Just a note, while the Ghost Bus tour is less horror and more comedy, there are some jump scares. So this tour might not be suitable for really young kids.

Get prepared for any emergency with the insurance made for digital nomads!

Day trip from Edinburgh

If you’re planning an Edinburgh 3 day itinerary, items worth building in some time for excursions. Taking a day trip to places outside of Edinburgh is a great way to experience more of Scotland’s landscape, culture, and history. 

We spent a lot of time exploring the outskirts of Edinburgh, especially spending time in the Scottish Borders. There’s just so much to see when you get outside of the city. 

Here are a few suggestions for day trips to take during your Edinburgh 3 day itinerary.

18. Loch Lomond

No visit to Scotland would be complete without a trip to a loch (the Scottish word for lake). If you are in the mood for a day trip from Edinburgh, Loch Lomond, Scotland’s largest loch at Trossachs National Park, is just a 1.5-2 hour drive from the city. We unfortunately did not get a chance to visit Loch Lomond while we were in Edinburgh with kids, but heard wonderful things about the loch.

You can self-drive to Loch Lomond by renting a car. Alternatively, you can join a tour. These are a few tour options you can book to take a day trip out to Loch Lomond. 

Expect to spend 4-6 hours on the day trip. Tours take you to Loch Lomond, the Kelpies Monument (the largest sculpture of horses in the world) and Stirling Castle.

Book one of these Loch Lomond tours:

Stirling Castle and Loch Lomond Small Group Day Trip (by Rabbie’s )

Loch Lomond and Stirling Castle Tour (by Timberbush Tours )

19. Coastal villages

Another must-do in Scotland is a visit to one of the country’s coastal villages. If you’re a fan of Marvel movies, consider making a trek out to St. Abbs, located just over an hour away. This beautiful coastal village was the setting for New Asgard in the movie, End Game . The nearby nature reserve, St. Abbs Head, is a great place for hiking. 

Alternatively, you can head to St. Andrews, about a 1.5 hour drive north of Edinburgh. The town is home to St. Andrews Castle and St. Andrew Cathedral, both ruins from Medieval Scotland. 

You’ll also find the Old Course at St. Andrews, the oldest golf course in the world (golf was invented in Scotland!). If you’re not in the mood to drive, book a guided tour to St. Andrews. This one is led by Rabbie’s .

If you don’t want to venture too far out of Edinburgh, you can still get a coastal experience by heading to Leith, located in the north of the city. There, you’ll find the Royal Yacht Britannia (the late Queen Elizabeth’s former yacht) and the Water of Leith Walkway .

20. Scottish Highlands

One of the draws of Scotland are the Scottish Highlands. This area is located in the northern part of Scotland, and is where the famous Loch Ness is located. We unfortunately did not have time to visit the Scottish Highlands during our time in Scotland, but if your schedule allows it, consider booking a day trip to enjoy the beauty of Scotland’s landscape.

A trip to the Scottish Highlands takes a full day, so make sure to plan your visit accordingly. Here are some tours you can book to the Highlands:

Loch Ness, Highlands, and Whisky Full Day Tour (by The Hairy Coo )

Loch Ness and Highlands Day Tour (by Heart of Scotland Tours )

Full Day Trip To Loch Ness and the Scottish Highlands (by Highland Scotland Tours )

Bonus: Visit the Scottish Borders

While most people tend to associate Scotland with Edinburgh and the Highlands, a visit to the Scottish Borders is also worth considering. This region borders England, and played an important role in Scottish history, especially during the period of English invasion and conquest.

Noteworthy spots in the Scottish Borders include Abbotsford, the home of Sir Walter Scott. Another place to visit is the Great Tapestry of Scotland, which consists of over 100 giant cross-stitch panels that showcase over 12,000 years of Scottish history. Melrose Abbey and Rosslyn Chapel are also beautiful churches to visit.

Take a look at this tour from Timberbush Tours that takes you through the Scottish Borders to Rosslyn Chapel, Melrose Abbey, and a local whisky distillery.

Read about other destinations to visit in the UK !

Get a 10-day itinerary for Scotland from our friends at Wanderlust Crew !

Sample itineraries for 3 days in Edinburgh

Hopefully, this list of things to do in Edinburgh will give you plenty of ideas to fill your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary. But just in case you’re still feeling stumped about how to plan your Edinburgh visit, here are some sample itineraries to choose from.

Edinburgh 3 day itinerary for history lovers

If you’re a history lover, this 3 day Edinburgh itinerary is just for you. It covers all the historic spots of Edinburgh and lets you take a step back into time.

Start your three day itinerary with a tour through Old Town and the Royal Mile. The next day, head to New Town, and then spend an afternoon at the National Museum of Scotland. Finally, spend the last day of your itinerary with an excursion to a coastal village, ending the day at Grassmarket Square.

Day 1 

Day 2 

• Scott Monument
• Coastal villages
• Grassmarket Square

Edinburgh 3 day itinerary Harry Potter fans

For lovers of the Harry Potter series, this tour features spots in Edinburgh that inspired the stories. 

Start the first day of your itinerary with a Harry Potter walking tour, lunch on Victoria Street, and an evening Ghost Bus tour to get in the spooky spirit. On the next day, spend more time exploring the Harry Potter spots. And then end your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary with a visit to the Scottish Highlands.

• Victoria Street
• Ghost Bus Tour
• Greyfirar’s Kirkyard
• Scottish Highlands

Rainy weather Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

In the unpredictable Scottish weather, it’s helpful to have a rainy day plan for your 3 day trip to Edinburgh. This itinerary features indoor activities or things that don’t require spending a lot of time outside. 

[Prisoners of War exhibit at Edinburgh Castle]

Begin your three days with a bus tour, with stops at Edinburgh Castle and Holyrood Palace. The next day, make it a museum day. And finally, end your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary on the Royal Mile, with a visit to the Camera Obscura and afternoon tea at Clarinda’s Tea Room. 

• Hop on hop off bus
• Palace of Holyrood
• Museum of Edinburgh

Walk lover's Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

If you’re blessed with pleasant weather during your time in Edinburgh, then you’ll want to spend as much time outside as possible. This itinerary features outdoor activities you can do during your 3 days in Edinburgh. 

Start your itinerary with a food tour and a walk along the Royal Mile, then finish your day with a walk to Leith. The next day, incorporate an outdoor hike at Arthur’s Seat, lunch near The Meadows, and an afternoon stroll through the Royal Botanic Gardens. End your 3 day itinerary of Edinburgh with a day trip to Loch Lomond for more hiking.

• Arthur’s Seat hike
• The Meadows
• Royal Botanic Gardens
• Loch Lomond

A memorable Edinburgh 3 day itinerary

Edinburgh is truly a magical city. We absolutely loved walking through its historic streets, taking in its beauty. And we think you’ll enjoy it too!

If you’ve been dreaming of a trip to Edinburgh, then now is the time. Take all my suggestions for a great Edinburgh 3 day itinerary, and plan a trip to remember for you and your family. I know you’ll fall in love with Edinburgh just as we did!

Have you visited Edinburgh with kids? Tell me about your experience in Edinburgh in the comments!

Are you visiting Edinburgh as part of a bigger family travel adventure? Use my ebook,  Hey Kids, Let’s Go Travel!  as a resource for tools, advice, and action steps for planning your trip.

Need help thinking through how to budget for a family trip? My  Travel Budget Worksheet  is just the tool you need! Click  here  to receive your free copy by signing up for my newsletter.

Want to connect with me on social media? Find me on Facebook , Instagram , Pinterest , and Twitter. And for those of you who are dedicated to traveling more responsibly, sustainably, and ethically, join over 200 like-minded families on my Facebook group, Responsible Family Travel .

Sharing is caring!

Related Posts

Sign up to get travel tips in your inbox!

Everything you need to know on spending 3 days in Edinburgh

To us, Edinburgh is probably one of the most magical cities in the world. For starters there is a ton of history which can be seen when walking down the atmospheric streets of the Old Town. It honestly feels like another world, with its cobbled streets, spooky cemeteries, and incredible architecture. 

So here is our guide from where to stay, eat, drink, and what to do to help you plan your own 3 day Edinburgh itinerary.

Edinburgh Itinerary Factsheet

Tips for spending 3 days in edinburgh, when is the best time to plan your 3 day edinburgh itinerary, getting to edinburgh, where to stay for your 3 days in edinburgh, is 3 days in edinburgh enough.

Do a ghost tour

3 day Edinburgh itinerary

3 day edinburgh itinerary – day 1, 3 day edinburgh itinerary – day 2, 3 day edinburgh itinerary – day 3, travelling as a couple – romantic things to add to your 3 day edinburgh itinerary, eating and drinking during your 3 days in edinburgh, how to get around during your 3 days in edinburgh, how much money do i need for my 3 days in edinburgh, what to pack for your 3 days in edinburgh, harry potter locations in edinburgh, loch lomond, a reflection – 3 days in edinburgh.

Before you start planning your 3 days in Edinburgh here are some basic facts about the city.

Country : Scotland

Languages Spoken : English

Currency : British Pound (although some notes you might notice are Scottish Bank notes)

Famous for : Castles, the birthplace of Harry Potter, old buildings

Visit if you like : History, beautiful cities, whisky, and ghost stories

Wondering is Edinburgh worth visiting ? Here is a helpful guide.

• Book any must do tours in advance especially in the summer
• The same goes with restaurants!
• Stay in the Old Town if you can as the majority of the tourist attractions are around here
• Bring decent walking shoes, all those cobbles aren’t easy to negotiate in poor footwear.

Personally I think Edinburgh is magical at any time of the year. In the summer you get longer days and sunshine whilst exploring the outdoors. In the winter you can hide away in atmospheric pubs whilst sheltering from the cold.

That being said to make the most of your 3 days in Edinburgh, you probably want to visit in June or July. The days are longer, and the weather is mild. We recommend avoiding August as this is when school holidays fall and tourist season really picks up. Winters do tend to be harsh in Edinburgh as well, so if you are planning on climbing Arthurs Seat for instance the winter months won’t be ideal. Whilst it is not often that it gets below freezing, it does get foggy, and tend to rain a lot, so probably not ideal for a 3 day trip.

  If you are coming from somewhere in the UK for your 3 days in Edinburgh then you will more than likely be arriving by train. Particularly if you are coming from Manchester, Liverpool, Newcastle or Glasgow. From Manchester for example you are looking at a travel time of around 3 hours. Once in Edinburgh you will arrive at Waverly Station, and from here it is only a 10 minute walk to the Old Town.

If you are travelling from further afield, from the UK or beyond than you will probably be flying in to Edinburgh Airport. From here you can get a train to Waverly station, which as mentioned above is a 10 minute walk into the Old Town. The train takes just under half an hour and they leave every 7 minutes.

As this was a special trip we wanted to stay somewhere a little bit fancy for our 3 days in Edinburgh. So we chose the Macdonald Holyrood Hotel . The location was brilliant as it was within walking distance to the train station and also the Royal Mile. We stayed 3 nights but got 1 night free because it was a hotels.com reward night. For every 10 nights you book you get one free. What we loved about the hotel was that there was a spa in case you were in need of some pampering. There was also an on site bar and restaurant. The rooms were spacious and modern, so we couldn’t ask for anything more.

If you are trying to decide where to stay as part of your own 3 day Edinburgh itinerary, then we would recommend basing yourself around the Royal Mile or the Old Town. This is where pretty much all the tourist attractions are, as well as many places to eat and drink. It is also the most atmospheric part of the city.

3 days in Edinburgh is a good amount of time to explore the city and see most of the main attractions. It also helps that the main tourist attractions are quite close to each other. If you want to delve a little deeper 4 or 5 days is probably the maximum time we would recommend visiting.

If you have less time here is a guide to spending a day in Edinburgh .

Things to do during your 3 days in Edinburgh

Here are some of the things we think you definitely have to add to your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary. 

The Scotch Whisky Experience

Aside from the Irish Whiskey Museum in Dublin , the Scotch Whisky Experience is probably one of the best Whisky tours we have been on so we highly recommend adding this to your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary. And no it wasn’t just because we were really buzzed at the end of it. You start the tour by sitting on a moving barrel that wheels you around to different stations that provide you with information on the process of making whisky. Once you are off the barrel you learn all about the different flavours you can taste when drinking whisky, as well as the different areas it originated in.

There is of course some tasting involved and if you go for the premium tour package you get a few additional whiskeys to taste at the end. For us it was a lot of fun, and we got to sip whisky whilst looking out at a gorgeous view of the city.

Edinburgh Castle

This is an obvious choice of attraction for your 3 days in Edinburgh. The castle dominates the Edinburgh skyline, as it sits atop of castle rock. In the evening it is well lit affirming its place as a watchful fortress above the city. There are so many places to get some cool pictures of the castle, particularly if you decide not to do the tour.

If you want to know more about the castle, and its dramatic history then you should do the tour. Especially because you get to see the Scottish Crown Jewels. Although we do recommend visiting early in the day before the swarms of tourists arrive, as it can get quite congested. There is also a cannon fired at 1pm everyday (with the exception of both Christmas and Good Friday) which can be heard around the city.

Walk the Royal Mile

The Royal Mile is a succession of streets that make up the main part of the Old Town. There are a lot of quirky shops and places to buy souvenirs and  yes we may have bought so much shortbread that our bags couldn’t close.

If you have the time make sure you pop into St Giles’ Cathedral. You will notice it’s unusually designed spire straight away. The church dates back to the 14th century with restoration works taking place late in the 19th century.  The interior as well as the stain glass windows are impressive and it certainly is worth a visit.

When walking the Royal Mile also make sure you walk down some of the back alleyways to get a real taste of Edinburgh in the old days. This is possibly one of our favourite things during our 3 days in Edinburgh – just exploring the backstreets.

Something that we highly recommend adding to your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary is a ghost tour. Whether you are a believer in the paranormal or not,  a ghost tour is another must in Edinburgh. You can book most tours on the Royal Mile, and whilst there are a few different tours to choose from, we went with the  City of the Dead Haunted Graveyard Tour . The tour took us to an area of Greyfriars Kirkyard allegedly haunted by the McKenzie Poltergeist. Yes I screamed and yes I stayed very close to Dave throughout the tour. Thankfully on our tour there was no sign of the poltergeist, and even if you are a non believer the tour is good fun. You get to learn about the history of the city as well as some of the ghost stories that haunt it to this day.

Looking for alternatives

Did you know that you can also do secret food tours in Edinburgh ? They are a great way to learn about the culture, history, and cuisine Edinburgh has to offer.

Climb Arthur’s Seat

If you are wanting to do something a little more outdoorsy during your 3 days in Edinburgh then head to Arthur’s Seat. I’ll be honest when we first arrived I did think it was a literal seat or throne on top of a hill but as it transpires Arthur’s Seat is one of the hills that towers over Edinburgh. Don’t let that discourage you though because it is beautiful. Located in the south east of the city the hike is a must do especially if you want some amazing photo opportunities. We started the hike in Holyrood which was where our hotel was located. The walk itself isn’t too strenuous and we read that you can reach the top in 30 minutes.

But if you are anything like us and you are a little unfit then take your time. It took us a little under an hour to reach the top. This included a lot of breaks to catch our breath and take photos. Make sure you bring a bottle of water and some decent shoes, hiking boots aren’t necessary but shoes with good grip are. Once you reach the top you will be rewarded with panoramic views of Edinburgh.

Real Mary King’s Close

One thing we booked on a real whim was the  Real Mary King’s Close  tour. And seriously this might have been my highlight on the whole trip.  Hidden deep underground the Royal Mile is a medieval alleyway which has been preserved to show you exactly what life was like in Edinburgh in the 17th century. You get a guided tour in a group of about 20 or so and you explore the vaults whilst hearing ghostly tales and historical accounts.

The great thing about this tour is that is it so easy to feel like you have gone back in time. It is worth doing, although I should add that there is a lot of walking up and down stairs and uneven ground so again sturdy shoes are recommended. You are also unable to take photos on the tour hence why we are unable to add them to this post. Make sure you book in advance so that you don’t miss out.

Greyfriars Kirkyard

Greyfriars Kirkyard is probably one of the most famous cemeteries in Edinburgh , and it is a beautiful and fascinating place to walk around. I know that it is a weird thing to call a cemetery beautiful but there is no other way to describe it. Walking past the timeworn graves with the castle looming over in the background makes it feel almost otherworldly, or like you have gone back in time.

The history here though is quite gruesome. For starters the cemetery had a pit where plague victims were buried by the masses. And of course, there is also the story of Burke and Hare. They were body snatchers who would rob graves to sell the bodies to the local medical school. If you can do a tour of the cemetery do it, because you will learn so much.

Calton Hill

You certainly cannot spend 3 days in Edinburgh without a trip to Calton Hill. You probably guessed by the name that it is a bit of an uphill walk to get to the top. But once you are there you are treated to some amazing views of the city including the Castle and Arthur’s Seat.

There are a few monuments on top of the hill including the National Monument. Here you can sit and watch people attempting to climb it, as you pluck up the courage to have a go yourself (or not).

Victoria Street

Vicitoria Street in Edinburgh is probably one of the most beautiful shopping streets in the city. The street is slightly curved and so is perfect for that all important Instagram shot . Take your time walking down and exploring the quirky shops and bars. The street is a great access point from Grassmarket to Lawnmarket, and surprisingly was only built in 1892-34 as part of improvement works to the Old Town to ensure easier access around Edinburgh.

If you want an incredible shot of the Edinburgh castle then head to the Vennel, an alleyway just off the Grassmarket. If you walk up it you will find one of the most photogenic views of the castle .

Here is our 3 day Edinburgh itinerary to give you some inspiration to plan your own trip.

We highly recommend starting your 3 day Edinburgh itinerary by getting the lay of the land and exploring the Royal Mile. It really makes you feel like you are in another world.  Whilst on the Royal Mile head towards Edinburgh Castle and do a tour, making sure that you make time to see the Scottish Crown Jewels.

Grab some lunch before embarking on a whisky tour, because trust us you don’t want to do it on an empty stomach.

Later visit the Real Mary King’s close before an evening of drinks and dinner. We recommend drinks at Greyfriars Bobby followed by dinner at Devil’s Advocate.

Start the morning with a hearty breakfast in bed, as you will need to fill up to climb Arthurs Seat afterwards. When you descent Arthurs Seat follow the directs towards Duddingston Village, a quaint and picturesque village that sits in the shadows of Arthur’s Seat. There is also a pub in the village called the  Sheep Heid Inn  that we recommend stopping at for drinks and some lunch. I mean climbing up hills is thirsty work after all! Apparently, it is one of the oldest Inns in Edinburgh and its licence dates back to 1360.Inside you will find wooden floorboards and tables tucked away in dark nooks. The food here was excellent and the atmosphere was cosy. It is the perfect place to rest your weary legs.

Make your way back into the Old Town in the afternoon and explore Greyfriars Kirkyard, and book yourself on a ghost tour in the evening. Afterwards explore some the pubs and restaurants on the Royal Mile.

On the final of your 3 days in Edinburgh, start the day with some breakfast at a local café. We recommend Southern Cross Café for some delicious brunch style dishes.

Afterwards your way towards Calton Hill to take in the surroundings. The walk towards Calton Hill is really fascinating and you will stumble upon graveyards and alleyways that you have to explore.

In the afternoon make your way to Victoria Street, and find the Vennel to get some cool pictures of the Edinburgh Castle. Afterwards have some drinks and dinner around Grassmarket.

If you are travelling to Edinburgh with your significant other, and you are looking for romantic things to do during your 3 days in Edinburgh here are some ideas.

Afternoon Tea

A lot of hotels in Edinburgh do a mean afternoon tea. And since it is Edinburgh you can ditch the tea and opt for something a little harder.

Sunset at Calton Hill

Take a picnic with you and enjoy the sunset at Calton Hill. It does get a bit chilly so do wrap up warm.

I know this sounds like a weird suggestion but if you scare easily like I do you will probably spend a lot of time very close to your partner (I mean I also feared for my life but you know).

Food and drink is a big part of any holiday. Here are some of our favourite places to add to your own 3 day Edinburgh itinerary.

Greyfriars Bobby Pub

One of our favourite places to drink in Edinburgh has to be   Greyfriars Bobby Pub . You will know you are in the right place as there is a little statue of a dog out the front. The statue is a tribute to the popular story of the little dog whose owner was buried in the Kirkyard just behind the pub. The dog refused to leave his owner’s grave and the tale has been turned into both a book and a film. It is a great place to go for a pint and they serve some pretty mean pub food too.

Devil’s Advocate

Located down one of the side alleys off the Royal Mile you will find  Devil’s Advocate  which has a romantic atmosphere so is a really great place to have a couples dinner. It does get really busy especially on a Friday and Saturday night so if you want to eat here you are best off booking a table.  Also, I should add the cocktails are immense.

Grassmarket

If all the stories of bodysnatching and plague victims don’t put you off your food then we recommend heading down to the Grassmarket to unwind with some dinner and drinks. Chances are you will pass through the Grassmarket quite a bit during your 3 days in Edinburgh as it is located directly below Edinburgh Castle and was actually once a place where public executions were held.

One of the most unusual hangings occurred in 1742 when Margaret Dickson was hanged for murdering her illegitimate baby after birth. While her body was being taken away she awoke and since her punishment was already carried out she was allowed to go free. You will now find Maggie Dickson’s pub located in the area which has been named after her.

Drink in the oldest pub in Edinburgh

Another  must visit place in Grassmarket is the White Hart Inn. It is said to be one of the oldest pubs in Edinburgh and is also said to be haunted. They serve some pretty good grub, but it is also a great place to sit with a pint. It does get pretty busy so be prepared, but if you can handle the jostling then it really is worth visiting.

The deep fried Mars Bar

You cannot spend 3 days in  Edinburgh without trying a local delicacy. And considering there was no way we were going to try Haggis we went for the less offensive option, the deep fried Mars Bar. Apparently the thought of deep frying a Mars Bar came about in Stonehaven, Scotland in the Haven Chip Bar. It is now called the Carron in case you ever want to visit. There was some discussion as to whether you could deep fry a Mars Bar. So the only logical thing to do was to test it.

The result was a deliciously crispy on the outside, melted chocolate on the inside, treat. And I’m pretty certain it will clog your arteries. Word spread and the treat is served as most chippers particularly in Edinburgh. Although we would probably recommend that you stick at one as there is no way this is good for you. Still we will try anything once (unless of course its Haggis)!

Southern Cross Cafe

Southern Cross was recommended to us as one of the best places to go for breakfast. When we arrived it was easy to see why, it was heaving. The food is really good though, and it is a great place to fuel up for the day.

Good news, all of the attractions listed in our 3 day Edinburgh itinerary are within walking distance of each other, so you don’t need to worry about public transport. But if you did want to travel a bit further away from the Royal Mile to the Botanical Gardens for instance then you will need to get public transport. Buses in Edinburgh are super reliable and often run 24 hours. You can purchase tickets from the driver, although it is best if you have exact change or smaller notes.

You might be wondering how much money you need for your 3 days in Edinburgh. Not including accommodation, we budgeted around £100 per day per person. This included entry to tourist attractions and food and drink. Edinburgh is more expensive than some UK cities but not nearly as expensive as London. Hotels average at about £120 per night, although this will obviously increase or decrease depending on the standard of accommodation.

Here are some things that we definitely think you shouldn’t leave home without when planning your Edinburgh itinerary.

• Layers are a good idea in Edinburgh, as even in the summer warm days can lead to cooler nights.
• A waterproof jacket is a must no matter what time of year you visit.
• Sturdy walking shoes, heels are a no no especially with the uneven cobbled streets.
• A decent day bag for carrying your bits around
• Phone charger – seriously carry it everywhere because you will take so many pictures

Harry Potter is obviously a big deal in Edinburgh, so it you are a fan you might want to know some of the significant locations in the city.

Elephant Café

Dubbed the birthplace of Harry Potter this café is allegedly where JK Rowling would come to write the Harry Potter novels. The view from the café over Old Town has many people understanding why. We should note that the cafe is temporarily closed due to a fire, so keep an eye on the official webpage for updates.

If you look at some of the gravestones you might notice some of the names from the Harry Potter books.

George Heriot’s School

Not far from the Elephant Café is George Heriot’s School, allegedly the inspiration for Hogwarts.

It might feel like you are walking around Diagon Alley and perhaps the inspiration in the books.

More than 3 days in Edinburgh? Day trip ideas

If you have more than 3 days in Edinburgh you might want to consider doing a day trip to explore a bit more of Scotland.

Despite its proximity to Edinburgh Glasgow feels like a completely different world to Edinburgh. There are a lot of museums and brewery tours you can do here, and it’s probably a better representation of Scottish city living than Edinburgh. If you are planning a visit you are better off getting the train as there are a number of frequent connections every day.

 Yes this is where William and Kate met, and yes there is way more to the university than this real life fairytale. A visit to Fife is a nice way to see some of the famous Scottish scenery, as well as some old churches and dramatic coastlines. It’s about 90 minutes trip in total from Edinburgh, although you will need to transfer between train and bus to get there.

Another day trip idea from Edinburgh is Loch Lomond. It really is a beautiful part of the world, with Lochs, sprawling forests, and incredible mountains. It is also the largest inland body of water by surface area in the UK, which is pretty cool. The trip is probably just under an hour, and you will need to first of all get a train to Glasgow before travelling onwards towards Loch Lomond.

Have you ever visited a city and felt so sad to leave? Edinburgh certainly had this impression on us and not just because we were going back to work the next day. Edinburgh is truly a magical city and if you are planning a trip to the UK then Edinburgh is a must. Whether you are a Harry Potter fan, a history buff, or simply someone who loves beautiful places Edinburgh has something for everyone. We hope that you enjoy your 3 days in Edinburgh as much as we did.

And as always if you found this useful then don’t forget to Pin our 3 day Edinburgh itinerary to look back at later!

Wanderlust and Life is a blog for those that love to travel.

Similar Posts

The ultimate 5 day London itinerary: for every kind of traveller

Are you trying to see London in 5 days? Well this guide is for you! We love London, and will basically use any excuse to visit for whatever period of time. London is one of those places that it doesn’t matter how long you are there for you will always find something incredible to do….

Best spots to take photographs in Edinburgh

Filled with ancient architecture, narrow passageways, and one pretty amazing castle, it is no wonder Edinburgh is one of the most photogenic places in the world. The moment we stepped foot in the city we reached for our camera. It is one of those places where you do not want to miss anything. If you…

Secrets from an Edinburgh Graveyard Tour

Edinburgh is probably one of the most amazing places in the world. The whole city is steeped in so much history and every building and every street has a story. So it is no surprise that it is also one of the most haunted cities in the world. In fact, going on a ghost tour…

Rome or Venice: Choosing the perfect Italian getaway

Are you planning a trip to Italy and want to know if Rome or Venice is better for you? This is the article for you. Here we compare the two popular holiday destinations in terms of attractions, safety, accommodation, and much more. Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links, so if you use these links to buy…

How to get to the Pink Street in Lisbon

This post contains affiliate links, so if you use these links to buy something we may earn a commission, at no cost to you. Thank you for your support. The Pink Street in Lisbon is so quirky and so bright that we really think it deserves its own blog post. And despite it being a…

Is Vienna worth visiting? Is Vienna expensive? And everything else you need to know

Are you planning a trip to Austria and wondering ‘is Vienna worth visiting’? In this post we answer all the hard hitting questions like ‘is Vienna expensive’ and ‘what is there to do in Vienna’ to help you decide. Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links, so if you use these links to buy something we may…

• Travel Tips
• Czech Republic
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Northern Ireland
• Film Locations
• Film Festivals
• Where I’ve Been
• My Bucket List
• News & Stories
• Work With Me
• Freelance Services
• Features & Press

3 Days in Edinburgh: An Ideal First Timer’s Itinerary

This post may contain affiliate links. Please read the disclaimer here .

I’ve stated several times on my blog that Edinburgh is one of my favourite cities ever. I’ve visited over six times and I know I’ll be back, so it’s about bloody time I created an Edinburgh itinerary that’s perfect for first-time visitors! And 3 Days in Edinburgh is just enough time to see all the best bits that Edinburgh has to offer.

I’ll say it right now: this guide is going to concentrate mainly on the tourist hotspots with a couple of insider tips thrown in . I hope to produce a slightly alternative Edinburgh weekend city break guide in the future. But for now, I think this is the ideal Edinburgh itinerary for first-timers.

This Edinburgh guide has been produced with a small budget in mind. It’s unfortunate that some of the top activities in Edinburgh come with a price tag (like £20 tickets to Edinburgh Castle!). Luckily, a lot of museums and monuments/places of interest I’ve included are free and the restaurants are mostly cheap eats. All restaurants and cafés are suitable for vegetarians, too. But note that I haven’t created this Edinburgh itinerary with kids in mind. It’s perfect to follow if you’re planning an Edinburgh city break or a visiting Edinburgh as part of a big Scotland trip. I really have given this 3 days in Edinburgh guide a lot of thought. And I personally think you’ll have a fantastic few days in Edinburgh if you follow this itinerary!

I’ve included exactly where to go, what to eat and drink and recommendations for accommodation and some transport tips too. So let’s dive into my 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary for first-time visitors!

3 Days in Edinburgh Itinerary

Travel to Edinburgh: How to get there

Flights: flying to edinburgh.

If you’re travelling to Edinburgh by plane, the most convenient airport is, unsurprisingly, Edinburgh Airport . It’s a large, international airport so it should be fairly straightforward to find a direct flight (or a route with one layover) to Edinburgh.

Check for flight prices on Skyscanner to find out the cheapest dates to fly to Edinburgh. Like a lot of flights between big European cities, great deals can be found if you fly with budget airlines like Jet2 , Ryanair and Easyjet .

Trains: Travelling by Train to Edinburgh

Since I live in Northwest England, I usually travel to Edinburgh by train, except once when I worked in Edinburgh for a month during the Fringe Festival where I travelled by car. But if I was spending just 3 days in Edinburgh, I’d definitely head up on the train.

Edinburgh Waverley Station is Edinburgh’s main train station. Though there are a couple of smaller stations on the outskirts of Edinburgh , Waverley is super central so I wouldn’t recommend arriving into any others.

Transpennine Express and Virgin are two of the biggest train companies that travel to Edinburgh, but sometimes I just find it easier to book my train tickets through Trainline despite their booking fee.

Top tip:  I really recommend booking your train tickets to Edinburgh in advance to guarantee a seat reservation. For example, a direct train from Manchester to Edinburgh takes about four hours. And you don’t want to be stood up on a busy train for that long! Also, train tickets can be super expensive in the UK (this particular journey might cost around £80 return without a railcard). So, if you know your travel dates, just get them booked.

Transport around Edinburgh: How to travel around

Buses around edinburgh.

I’d avoid public transport as much as you can in Edinburgh and walk everywhere . Edinburgh’s Old Town and the main touristy areas don’t need public transport anyway because everything is really near each other. It’s only when you get to the New Town (north of Princes Street ) and the wider city that you might need to consider using public transport (and if you have decreased mobility).

Lothian Buses is the main bus company serving Edinburgh. Every single journey on a Lothian bus, at the time of writing in 2019, is £1.70 . You need to have the exact change and you drop it into the slot by the bus driver. If you don’t know where you’re going, ask the bus driver to let you know when you’ve reached your stop. And sit as close to them as possible during the journey. Otherwise, you don’t need to tell the bus driver which stop you’re going to. If I’m taking public transport in a new place, I almost always follow the journey on Google Maps so I know when to alight the bus.

I always use Google Maps to plan any journey using public transport, but Lothian Buses network map is actually really user-friendly if you want to plan your bus journeys in Edinburgh that way.

Trams around Edinburgh: Flight Transfers

As of 2013, Edinburgh is now accessible via tram! Well, sort of. I generally prefer trains/trams because buses (in the UK) do not announce the name of every stop which is really unhelpful to visitors. So far, there is only one tram line and it travels to and from Edinburgh Airport and York Place (near Calton Hill).

Tram is easily the most convenient way of travelling from Edinburgh Airport to the City Centre. I mean, if it was good enough for Renton in T2 Trainspotting (2017) then it’s good enough for the rest of us . Even though it may not be as cheap as travelling by bus, it’s a heck of a lot easier if you have heavy luggage. If you’re travelling to and from the airport, adult single tickets cost £6. And if you’re travelling within Edinburgh itself, tram tickets only cost £1.70 per journey which is the same as the buses.

However, trams don’t run all night so if you’re travelling to and from the airport very early or very late, you might be better off catching one of Lothian Buses’ Airport services . There are lots of different and tram/bus combo ticket options so check their website for more information .

Accommodation in Edinburgh: Where to stay

If you’re staying just one weekend or 3 days in Edinburgh, I’d choose a hostel or hotel over an Airbnb . Booking an Airbnb in Edinburgh might be more convenient if you have young children, but otherwise, I’d sidestep the faff of cleaning and meeting with a host. As soon as you arrive in Edinburgh, you’ll want to spend every last second exploring this beautiful city!

My last trip to Edinburgh in June was for the Edinburgh International Film Festival and I opted for a hostel. I spent seven nights in the Royal Mile Backpackers booked via Hostelworld and it was such a great hostel. Fantastic location right in the middle of everything and the seven nights cost me less than £100! Granted, breakfast wasn’t included and I did have to walk down the hall to the shower but I was really happy staying here. Especially for that price!

Hotels in such a busy city like Edinburgh can be expensive. But I really stress that your accommodation’s location will make or break your trip. If it’s your first time spending 3 days in Edinburgh, book somewhere in Old Town as close to the Royal Mile as possible. Staying in New Town  or far away from the Royal Mile will get very annoying fast. I book all my hotels via booking.com and, if you want to spend the perfect  weekend in Edinburgh and maybe you’re celebrating something, you have to stay at The Balmoral Hotel . It’s a Scottish institution.

Day 1 in Edinburgh: Castle, Royal Mile & Scotch Whisky!

Breakfast – the edinburgh larder.

Note on breakfast in Edinburgh: If your breakfast is included with your accommodation or it’s a low-cost add on, you may as eat breakfast at your hotel/hostel.

There are some fantastic breakfast and brunch restaurants in Edinburgh… But I wouldn’t say Edinburgh’s brunch game is very strong. Not like it is in other European cities like Amsterdam or Wrocław . Save your money and spend it on nicer lunch/dinner restaurants where Edinburgh excels!

If you do want to eat out for all three meals, then on the first morning of your 3 days in Edinburgh I recommend paying a visit to The Edinburgh Larder . It’s a relaxed, artisanal café serving hearty breakfasts and lunches using local Scottish produce and they offer takeaway, too! Open from 8:00-17:00 on weekdays and 9:00-17:00 on weekends.

• Edinburgh Castle  – Hit up Edinburgh Castle as early as you can in the morning! Unsurprisingly, it’s one of the top attractions in Scotland and gets super busy. The castle sits on top of a volcano and dates back to the 12th century and is home to the Scottish crown jewels and the National War Museum . It’s a pretty bloody important building and icon of Scotland. Edinburgh Castle generally opens from 9:30-17:00 and tickets are an eye-watering £19.50 on the door, or £17.50 if you book online. I’ll be honest, I’ve not been inside Edinburgh Castle since I was seven-years-old. If you just want to go up to the castle and admire it from afar, I’d completely understand because that price is ridiculous. But I definitely plan on visiting Edinburgh Castle again someday.
• Royal Mile –  Yes, essentially the  entire  first day of your 3 days in Edinburgh will be exploring the streets in and around the Royal Mile ! But it’s such an important street in Edinburgh. Officially, it’s the ‘High Street’ but I don’t know anyone that calls it that. The Royal Mile connects Edinburgh Castle on one end to Holyrood Palace , the Queen’s residence in Scotland, at the other end. It’s the main tourist hub of Edinburgh and first-time visitors of the Scottish capital should spend an ample amount of time discovering all the important monuments on this street. I’m going to make recommendations on what to see/do on the Royal Mile in the afternoon, but feel free to go to any shops or do anything that takes your fancy!

Lunch – The Elephant House

Turn right off the Royal Mile onto the George IV Bridge because it’s time for lunch! Yes, The Elephant House is always super busy and full of Harry Potter fans and the queues can be massive. I know  this, but I’m  still  recommending this café/restaurant for lunch.

The Elephant House makes the lofty claim that it is the ‘Birthplace of Harry Potter’ because J. K. Rowling used to go there to write in the early 1990s. This claim means that The Elephant House is never short of customers. HOWEVER, I don’t believe the queues are that long (usually) and  I think it’s a well-located, affordable place to eat a hearty lunch and a surprisingly cosy atmosphere with nice staff. I’ve been twice and I’d happily go back! Plus, the whole café is decorated with elephants, so what’s not to like? The Elephant House is usually, open 8:00-21:00 or 22:00 on weekends.

The Ultimate Self-Guided Harry Potter Tour in Edinburgh (11 locations!)

• Scotch Whisky Experience  – Yes, the Scotch Whisky Experience is a very touristy thing to do. And yes, the first day out of your 3 days in Edinburgh is incredibly touristy! Well, you know what? You’re in Scotland’s capital city and there isn’t a drink more Scottish than Scotch Whisky. I think a whisky tasting lead by an expert is a fantastic way to learn more if you’re anything like me and know zero about whisky. I’d personally just choose the Silver Tour for a general introduction at £16 for 50 minutes. You can book your ticket on the day or on the Scotch Whisky Experience website .
• The Writers’ Museum – After lunch, head to the Writers’ Museum which is a completely free exhibit on three of Scotland’s most famed writers: Robert Burns, Sir Walter Scott and Robert Louis Stevenson. The Scots are renowned for being exceptional storytellers and it’s a significant part of the culture. It’s a really lovely, small museum just off the Royal Mile that is well worth 45 minutes of your time. It’s open 10:00-17:00 every day.
• St Giles Cathedral  – Edinburgh’s main city church, St Giles Cathedral (AKA High Kirk of Edinburgh) was built in the 12th century. It’s the mother church of Presbyterianism and since it’s free to visit, well worth a look in! Opening hours are generally 9:00-17:00 every day except 13:00-17:00 on Sundays, and sometimes St Giles Cathedral remains open until 19:00. Entrance is free but you can make a donation. And you need to pay for a photo pass if you want to snap some photos inside. Which I think is a pretty good idea so churches can make a few pennies!
• Cockburn Street  – I really love Cockburn Street (pronounced coe-burn, before you start giggling!). It’s full of really lovely vintage and gift shops with local souvenirs like Miss Katie Cupcake and Eden. Randomly, Miss Katie Cupcake transformed into a kebab shop for a scene in  Avengers: Infinity War  (2018). 

Dinner – The Doric

At least one of your evening meals during your 3 days in Edinburgh should be a Scottish gastropub serving local, seasonal meals with a wide selection of Scotch whisky and ales. You just gotta eat traditional at least once, am I right? The Doric at the bottom of Cockburn Street meets all of these requirements and more.

The Doric is the oldest Gastropub in Edinburgh housed in a 17th-century building and serves Scottish salmon, mussels and, yes, even haggis. But there are plenty of options for veggies, too. Don’t forget to order a dram of whisky after your meal and see if you remember anything you learnt at the Scotch Whisky Experience !

• Calton Hill  – After your evening meal (or whatever time the sun sets during your 3 days in Edinburgh!), head to Calton Hill . Edinburgh should be experienced from as many viewpoints as possible. And this is just one of many you’ll experience during your trip to Edinburgh. Calton Hill isn’t far from The Doric and it’s a very short, easy incline to the top. The view is well worth the short walk!
• Hoot The Redeemer Cocktail Bar – If you’re not absolutely knackered from your first day of sightseeing in Edinburgh and want to drink one last tipple, why not pop in one of Edinburgh’s many amazing cocktail bars? I recommend trying Hoot The Redeemer as it’s super near Calton Hill and has a fantastic, eclectic decor comprising of cinema seating and tarot card paintings. Vicky FlipFlop has a great blog post on the best cocktail bars in Edinburgh if you’re a cocktail fiend.

Day 2 in Edinburgh: Arthur’s Seat, Greyfriar’s & National Museum of Scotland!

Breakfast – tesco or sainsbury’s, anyone.

I’m kind of half-joking and half-being totally serious. For the second day of your 3 days in Edinburgh, I’m recommending one of my all-time favourite brunch places and combining breakfast/lunch together. But as the morning’s activity is a small hike, you shouldn’t exert yourself on an empty stomach.

Personally, I would just grab an orange juice and a couple of pastries from a mini supermarket for breakfast as you’ll be eating soon enough anyway! As that’s exactly what I did before I did this (small) hike back in June…

• Climb up Arthur’s Seat  – Who said city breaks are all about museums and cafés? Oh heck no, if you’re going to spend 3 days in Edinburgh then you need  to grab your trainers and walk up Arthur’s Seat on one of those days! Arthur’s Seat is a dormant volcano to the southeast of Edinburgh and is yet another fantastic vantage point to get a really amazing panoramic view of Edinburgh. I’d recommend starting your walk no later than 9:00 so you can beat the majority of the crowds. Start by walking down the Royal Mile towards Holyrood Palace and you’ll start to see signposts from there. It takes around 30 minutes to walk to the top so it’s not a difficult hike. Just wear your trainers and take some water, you’ll be alright. But I’d allow yourself two hours in total so you’re not rushing.

One Day Filming Locations in Edinburgh, Scotland

Brunch/Lunch – Hula Juice Bar OR Castle Rock Chip Shop

After your walk up Arthur’s Seat , you’ll be ready for a proper brunch/lunch! One of my all-time favourite  cafés in Edinburgh is the Hula Juice Bar . I visited this café multiple times a week when I worked at the Edinburgh Fringe Festival in 2013 because it’s perfect for veggies. Think healthy and delicious soups, bagels, juices, salads and all the best hipster coffees like my own personal fave, the turmeric latte. They’re open 8:00-18:00 every day and also do takeaway.

However, if the Hula Juice Bar doesn’t sound like your kind of restaurant, then right across the road on Grassmarket is the Castle Rock Chip Shop . They’re open from 11:00-12:30 every day. It’s a no-frills, on-a-budget, proper fish and chip shop and there are some tables if you want to eat in. If you do decide on the chippy instead, you NEED to order a deep-fried mars bar!! Literally a British chocolate bar dipped in a fryer. Sounds gross? Sorry, if you want to experience the best of Scottish culture you need  to try one. But if there’s two of you, split one! They’re a bit sickly.

• Victoria Street – After you’ve eaten, make sure you take the time to fully explore Victoria Street and Victoria Terrace. This is my favourite street in Edinburgh and so pretty! Pop inside the independent shops like Museum Context if you’re a Harry Potter fan or Isle of Skye Candle Company for some local souvenirs.
• Grassmarket – Walk down Victoria Street and West Bow and onto Grassmarket . This street is a historic market place and the (former) site of public executions. Now, it’s home to many bars and quirky shops including Armstrongs Vintage shop and Mr Wood’s Fossils . The independent shops in Edinburgh are some of the best I’ve seen anywhere.

Mid-Afternoon Snack – Mary’s Milk Bar

While you’re on Grassmarket you may as well have a wee pick-me-up, especially if it’s summer! The highly-rated Mary’s Milk Bar is an uber-popular gelato bar known for its unique flavour pairings and deliciousness. I had the pistachio and cardamom along with the classic milk flavour gelato and it was 10/10. They’re open from 11:00-19:00 but do note that Mary’s Milk Bar is closed Mondays and Tuesdays.

And head up the steps next to the Milk Bar called the Vennel to eat your gelato while enjoying one of the most instagrammable views of Edinburgh Castle. You are welcome!

• Greyfriar’s Kirkyard  – After you’ve finished your gelato, head back down the vennel steps, along Grassmarket and up Candlemaker Row until you find Greyfriar’s Kirkyard . A ‘kirkyard’ is literally just a Scottish way of saying churchyard and this particular churchyard is the resting place of several notable Edinburgh residents and is particularly worth the trip if you’re a Harry Potter fan (more on that later…). It’s completely free to enter.
• Greyfriar’s Bobby – Ah, Greyfriar’s Bobby . This little dog is a Skye Terrier who became famous around Edinburgh in the 19th century for staying beside his owner’s grave for 14 years until he himself passed away. Who doesn’t love a loyal dog? Bobby is buried in Greyfriar’s Kirkyard and his little bronze statue can be easily seen from the end of Candlemaker Row.
• The National Museum of Scotland  – It seems like a lot to do in one afternoon but visiting Victoria Street, Grassmarket and Greyfriar’s Kirkyard , etc. will take maybe 90 minutes, tops. Spend the rest of your afternoon at the National Museum of Scotland ! This really is a fantastic museum. The main atrium looks like the grandest greenhouse you’ve ever seen. It’s free to visit and opening times are usually 10:00-17:00. My tip? If you’re over the age of 12, skip the majority of the museum and just stick to the ‘Scotland’ based exhibits. And DO NOT forget to take the lift to the roof! One of the best free views of Edinburgh, hands down.

Dinner – Paradise Palms

A mere two-minute walk from the National Museum of Scotland is the Paradise Palms restaurant and pub. I’m not exaggerating when I say this was one of the highlights on my last trip to Edinburgh . They serve American diner-style comfort food but they’re 100% vegetarian. I ate loaded nachos with a stout beer and it’s genuinely one of my favourite meal experiences of all time. Opening times are 12:00-1:00 every day and they have a very affordable menu.

• Mercat Ghost Tour – You can’t go to Edinburgh without braving a Ghost tour! Edinburgh is an old city with a very, erm, murderous past and its tiny cobbled alleys stacked on top of one another are filled with fascinating stories. I’ve heard nothing but good things about Mercat Tours and I believe they have the best selection of ghost/underground tours in Edinburgh. Personally, I’m eyeing up this Evening of Ghosts and Ghouls tour at 19:00, 20:00 or 21:00 every day for £18 per adult ticket. It includes a dram of whisky at the end of the tour in a candlelit cellar while the guide continues to tell ghost stories. And like I said, the Scots are known for being excellent storytellers! Definitely book in advance because these tours are very popular in peak seasons.

Day 3 in Edinburgh: Princes Street, Rosslyn Chapel & Harry Potter!

Breakfast/brunch – the city café.

It’s the final day of your 3 days in Edinburgh! Start the morning at The City Café , a reasonably-priced American diner-style café serving waffles, french toast and even a Scottish fried breakfast. Open 9:00-late every day.

• Princes Street Gardens – You’ve rarely headed north of the Royal Mile this far on your Edinburgh city break so let’s amend that, shall we! Head to Princes Street and Princes Street Gardens and just go for a wander around Edinburgh’s most notable park. Check out all the monuments and statues like the Ross Fountain and Band Stand, the Robert Louis Stevenson Memorial and maybe even pop into the free galleries that sit in the middle of Princes Street Gardens : The Royal Scottish Academy and the Scottish Portrait Gallery both open 10:00-17:00 every day.
• Scott Monument  – Also in Princes Street Gardens is the Scott Monument , dedicated to the Scottish writer Sir Walter Scott. Tours are run inside the monument itself every half an hour from 10:00-16:30 every day and cost £8 for adult tickets. You can book ahead or just turn up on the day. There is a compact museum at the base of the monument where you can learn more about the structure and Sir Walter Scott before beginning the climb to the viewing platform at the top of the monument. Again, another fantastic vantage point of Edinburgh! Scott Monument also featured as a filming location in  Cloud Atlas  (2012).

Lunch/Café Stop – Sir Walter’s Café in the Gardens

If you’re visiting Edinburgh in the warmer seasons, there is no need to even leave Princes Street Gardens for lunch! Keep the Walter-love going and head to Sir Walter’s Café in the Gardens for a light meal. The café is open from 8:00-22:00 every day.

For the last afternoon of your 3 days in Edinburgh, I’ve got a couple of options. You may want to head back to the Royal Mile and pick up a few souvenirs or do an earlier activity you didn’t have time for. But if you’re a film lover or Harry Potter fan like I am , you may like to spend the last afternoon of your city break in Edinburgh doing one of these activities!

• Rosslyn Chapel  – This tiny, ornate chapel was featured in both the book and film versions of  The Da Vinci Code (2006) because of it’s connections to the Knight’s Templar and other dubious rumours. I visited Rosslyn Chapel on my last trip to Edinburgh in June this year and it was awesome. It’s a really beautiful church. Read my guide on exactly how to visit Rosslyn Chapel from Edinburgh and everything else you need to know. 
• Self-Guided Harry Potter Tour –  Edinburgh is  still  Harry Potter mad even though the films and the books were released years ago! J. K. Rowling lived in Edinburgh (still does) when she was writing the Harry Potter books. And there are lots of important sites to pilgrimage to if you’re a true HP nerd. Read my complete self-guided Harry Potter tour of Edinburgh guide complete with map and tour recommendations if you’re not keen on a DIY tour .

Visiting Rosslyn Chapel, Edinburgh: The Da Vinci Code Location

Dinner – Mother India’s Café

After you’ve had a fantastically filmy afternoon in Edinburgh, you’ll need a decent dinner to follow. So far, I’ve focused mainly on the hotspots and activities/food that are very traditional. That’s purposeful! It’s your first time in Edinburgh and I want to make sure you’ve not missed any of the highlights. So while Mother India’s Café is definitely not  a traditional Scottish restaurant, Scots (and Brits) flippin’ love  curry.

So treat yourself to a massive Indian feast in Edinburgh and hit up Mother India’s Café .

• Filmhouse Cinema – Since I am a film fan, I would definitely spend one night out of my 3 days in Edinburgh at the cinema. Filmhouse is Edinburgh’s best independent and arthouse cinema so definitely check the listings when you’re in the city. And support independent cinemas!
• Banshee’s Labyrinth Bar and Cinema – I was recommended this bar by a lady in my dorm room but I didn’t have time to check it out. You can have the best of both a bar and a cinema by heading out to Banshee’s Labyrinth for the evening. It’s a horror/Halloween/goth themed bar and most nights they screen old horror films and B movies for free in their basement cinema.

And if you’re heading to Edinburgh in August during the Edinburgh Fringe Festival and the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo , I have blog posts to help you further plan your trip:

Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo: Is the show just for OAPs?

• How to Work at the Edinburgh Fringe Festival

A First Timer’s Guide to the Edinburgh Fringe Festival

Your second trip to Edinburgh? An Alternative Weekend in Edinburgh…

Because I love Edinburgh SO MUCH, I do plan on creating another Edinburgh itinerary for people who have already ticked off the usual tourist haunts and are returning for a weekend break. But if you need ideas now, here are some activities that might be on that itinerary:

• RZSS Edinburgh Zoo
• Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh
• Stockbridge and Dean Village
• Palace of Holyrood House
• Royal Yacht Britannia
• Portobello Beach
• The Water of Leith Walkway

And that’s my itinerary for 3 days in Edinburgh for first-time visitors! Are you about to visit Edinburgh for the first time? Let me know in the comments below!

Edinburgh International Film Festival 2019: Press Pass, Coffee & More!

The Ultimate Self-Guided Harry Potter Tour in Edinburgh (11 locations)

3 of the Best Arthouse/Independent Cinemas in Edinburgh

Hollywood Film Locations in Edinburgh: Cloud Atlas, Avengers & More!

9 Things to do in Edinburgh for Film Lovers

17 Top Films set in Edinburgh to Watch Before Your Trip

Hey! I wrote this. And I'm the human (and hair) behind Almost Ginger. I live for visiting filming locations, attending top film festivals and binge-watching travel inspiring films. I'm here to inspire you to do the same! Get in touch by leaving a comment or contacting me directly: [email protected] .

2 thoughts on “ 3 Days in Edinburgh: An Ideal First Timer’s Itinerary ”

I loved reading your blog, so beautifully written, would love to see more blogs like this in future as well.

Thanks so much, Elena! This one desperately needs updating – I’ve visited Edinburgh like 10 times since I wrote this post! Haha

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

How to Spend 3 Days in Edinburgh: An Itinerary

Planning a trip to Scotland? Here’s an easy 3-day Edinburgh itinerary for first-time visitors to help you sort out your trip.

I’ve been trying to get Elissa to write about her post-Korea trip for a while now! She went to Europe for a few weeks to meet up with her sister, Jen, who was about to study abroad in Glasgow. She totally went above and beyond and sent me a TON of information on Scotland alone. I thought I’d split it up into a few different guides, so here’s the first: an Edinburgh Itinerary for 3 days.

Why Edinburgh?

Edinburgh is Scotland’s capital city and a great base for anyone traveling through the country. It’s a beautiful area along the sea with the perfect rocky landscape for a backdrop.

The city itself is historically important to Scotland, and it’s also been home to some very prolific writers over the years. You’ve got Sir Walter Scott, Robert Louis Stevenson, Muriel Spark, and Sir Arthur Conan Doyle — all from Edinburgh!

Travel Tip:   Edinburgh is pronounced Ed-in-bruh or Ed-in-buh-ruh.  I only say this because everyone will look at you funny if you pronounce it Eden-burgh !

The Perfect 3-Day Edinburgh Itinerary

Since our hostel was along the Royal Mile (the main street that connects Edinburgh Castle and the Palace of Holyroodhouse), it was extremely easy to walk everywhere.

Once you’ve dropped off your things at your accommodation, you can easily fit in the following for day. one.

Day 1: History & Harry Potter

Visit the National Museum of Scotland

This National Museum of Scotland has a little bit of everything, but definitely, check out the exhibits on Scottish history and culture.

Hang out at the Elephant House

The Elephant House is where JK Rowling wrote Harry Potter + the Sorcerer’s Stone . You know, only a casual, little book that shaped the lives of children and families everywhere…

Its views of Edinburgh Castle even served as inspiration for Hogwarts! Since it’s a cafe and restaurant, you can also plan to grab something to eat or take a coffee/tea break here.

Of course, this isn’t the only place for HP fans to visit in Edinburgh…

Visit more of the places important to JK Rowling while she wrote  Harry Potter.

If you’re a Harry Potter fan, there are a ton of book-related things to see.

The easiest way to see most of them is to go on the Harry Potter Tour ! It lasts around 2 hours beginning at the William Chambers Monument. For fun, they’ll sort you into your Hogwarts House and have little trivia questions throughout for you to earn points. See more details & book here

Day 2: History & Scotch Whisky

Visit st. giles’ cathedral..

St Giles’ Cathedral is a pretty cathedral with an interesting history . You can pop into it while walking along the Royal Mile.

Wander around Edinburgh Castle

This castle has a long and fascinating history, and it has great views of Edinburgh.  Definitely recommend booking your ticket ahead of time.

Enjoy a Scotch Whisky Experience

If you love whisky or want to learn more about it, then definitely check out the Scotch Whisky Experience . It has an amazing selection and gives a good overview of Scotch (or Scottish whisky), especially if you don’t have time to visit individual distilleries. Book tickets here

Go on a Real Mary King’s Close Tour

A friend of Jen’s recommended Real Mary King’s Close , and it didn’t disappoint! This immersive tour is a great way to learn more about the daily lives of the people of Edinburgh during the 17th century. Book tickets here

Day 3: Dean’s Village & Calton Hill

Wander around Dean Village

This is my favorite part of Edinburgh! There isn’t much to do here besides wander around the streets and walk along the Water of Leith (Edinburgh’s largest river), but it’s worth it! It looks straight out of a fairytale.

Get a beautiful view of the city from Calton Hill

This is a hilly area overlooking Edinburgh, with great city views. It’s gorgeous!

Other Things to Do in Edinburgh

Here are a few things we just didn’t get a chance to see or Jen saw later while studying in Scotland. If you’re super efficient, you could fit them into one of the three days or add a 4th day to your itinerary and visit then.

Visit the National Galleries of Scotland

There are three different art museums with a great collection of Scottish and international art. You’ll want to look for the National Gallery , National Gallery of Modern Art , and the National Portrait Gallery . Admission is free with the exception of some exhibitions .

Hike Arthur’s Seat in Holyrood Park

We didn’t make it here because of time and rain, but Jen went later in her semester and loved it! It also poured when she hiked it so it’s definitely doable in the rain, you’ll just get drenched…but it’s Scotland so it’s bound to happen.

Visit the Palace of Holyroodhouse

When the queen is in town, this is where she stays! The current palace has been around since the 17th century, and there’s even a lovely cafe if you’d like some afternoon tea. Book tickets here

Go to Fudge Kitchen for the best fudge possibly ever.

It’s located on the Royal Mile, and I still think about it 1 ½ years later…

Edinburgh Travel Tips

How to get into edinburgh.

We were coming from Inverness, so we actually took the Megabus! It’s about a 3 1/2 – 5-hour bus ride depending on which of the times you pick. If you’re coming from Glasgow, it’s only about an hour journey. The bus will drop you off at the Edinburgh Bus Station.

If you’re flying into Edinburgh from abroad, you can use the Edinburgh Airport. Check here for transfers into the main part of the city or your accommodation.

Where to Stay in Edinburgh

We stayed in a 10-bed female dorm at the Royal Mile Backpackers, and it was lovely! The people who worked there were extremely friendly and helpful, and the room we stayed in was spacious enough that it didn’t feel like there were eight other people in the room. To save money, we bought some food from the local market to eat for breakfast and dinner!

Have you been to Edinburgh yet? I was a  huge Harry Potter fan as a kid, so this city has been on my list for well over a decade now. Let us know if we missed anything below, and a big thanks to Elissa for these guides!

For more European travel, read these posts next:

• An Easy London Itinerary for 7 Days
• 16 Splendid Things to Do in Strasbourg All Year Round
• 28 Venice Travel Tips to Read Before You Go

want to support?

I’m always grateful when friends and readereach out wanting to support There She Goes Again . Truthfully, I’m just happy my posts are helping people travel! If you’d like to support the blog, here are some companies and brands I’m affiliated with. Simply click the links, and I receive a small commission at no extra cost to you!

• Booking (Hotels)
• Sixt (Car Rental)
• Klook (Tours)
• Viator (Tours)
• Get Your Guide (Tours)
• Trazy (Korea Tours)
• Tiqets (Entrance Tickets)

BLOGGING / SOCIAL MEDIA

• WPX Hosting (Advanced)
• Bluehost (Beginners)
• Lezé the Label (Clothing)
• Printfresh (Pajamas, etc)
• Promptly Journals
• Encircled (Clothing)
• Girlfriend Collective (Athleisure)
• Birkenstock (Sandals)
• Bookshop (For Local)
• Amazon Books

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The Best Weekend in Edinburgh Itinerary 3 Days

If you’re booking a 3 days in Edinburgh Scotland getaway, you’re in for an extraordinary time full of bagpipes, beautiful natural scenery, and mesmerizing old-world architecture!

During a weekend in Edinburgh , you can cover a lot of ground and see the absolute best places in the city, while enjoying a couple of insightful guided tours along the way.

So, prepare for your weekend trip to Edinburgh 3 day itinerary with the essential guide for first timer’s to Scotland! 

This post contains affiliate links. If you book or buy something through one of these links, we may earn a commission at no extra cost to you. You can read our full disclosure  here .

Planning your trip to Edinburgh last minute? Here are the tours and hotels we recommend. You’ll also find the best boutique hotels in Edinburgh and best boutique hotels in Glasgow helpful.

• Underground Vaults Tour – most popular Edinburgh tour
• Loch Ness, Glencoe & the Scottish Highlands Tour – best Edinburgh day trip
• Edinburgh Castle Guided Tour w/ Fast-Track Entry – best castle tour
• Gleneagles Townhouse – beautiful luxury hotel
• House of Gods Hotel – ideal for a romantic stay
• Virgin Hotels Edinburgh – amazing rooftop castle views
• Get Travel Insurance for Edinburgh with Safety Wing .
• Check Discover Cars for great car rental prices in Edinburgh.
• Find the best flight deals to Edinburgh on Skyscanner .

About This Edinburgh Itinerary 3 Days

A long weekend in Edinburgh is the perfect way to see the capital city of Scotland. Set on the east coast, this historic city is very compact, so even if you have just 3 days in Edinburgh, there’s still plenty to see.

We set up this 3 day Edinburgh itinerary with all the sights to see in Old Town and New Town on the first 2 days. Then for day three, you will find a menu of options.

If you have enough time, a day trip to the Scottish Highlands will be the highlight of your trip. Short on time? Don’t worry. You can mix and match a few tours depending on your interests. We have great options below.

Best Time to Visit Edinburgh, Scotland

• June & July – Summer is the warmest and often the most pleasant time to visit Scotland. We visited at the end of June and although it was rainy and quite busy it wasn’t crowded like the cities in Southern Europe. In the biggest tour group spot, the Royal Mile, there were tons of people, but you could just walk one street over and it was peaceful. You can expect temperatures in the 60’s (15-20°C) during the day that drop to the 50’s at night (10-14°C). However, there can be heat waves (or rain) in the summer!
• August – If you love a festive atmosphere, every August in Edinburgh the Fringe Festival (the world’s largest arts and comedy festival) comes to the city. Prices soar, bookings fill up, and the streets are packed – but it is certainly a fun time to be in the city! Conversely, skip August if you don’t like crowds.
• Shoulder Season – Otherwise, the shoulder seasons of late Spring and early fall are also great times to visit Edinburgh, including April and May as well as September.

How to Get Around Edinburgh & Scotland

Edinburgh has an excellent public transportation system, primarily made up of trams and buses.

The city center is compact and easily walkable, but if you need to travel further, buses and trams are convenient options. Purchase an Edinburgh Travel Pass for unlimited travel on buses and trams within the city.

If you intend to explore Scotland beyond Edinburgh, we highly recommend renting a car. We use Discover Cars for all of our rentals in Europe and have had a great experience.

It’s important to book a car well in advance because a road trip in Scotland, especially during high season is very popular.

What to Pack for Scotland

• Power Adapter: The UK uses a Type G Plug Adapter or you can use a universal travel adapter . Plugs in the UK and Ireland are different from the rest of Europe.
• Rain Gear : I travel with this Windproof/Waterproof Raincoat that fits into a tiny pouch. It’s really lightweight, takes up no space in your suitcase and definitely comes in handy. Or bring a rain poncho that will also cover your backpack.
• Day Pack : Bring a day pack that you can use for water, your raincoat/umbrella, etc. We love this 35 liter daypack that works as a carry-on or folds up into a small pouch. Here are our favorite Anti-Theft Travel Bags too.
• Walking/Hiking : There are multiple streets with cobblestones so bring good walking shoes. If you plan to hike, bring trail runners or hiking shoes. Here are our day hike essentials for travel .

Is a Weekend in Edinburgh Enough?

While you can easily see most of city’s main attractions in 2 days, it will be rushed. A 3-day Edinburgh itinerary, basically a long weekend, will allow you to enjoy the city at a more leisurely pace.

Additionally with more time, you can see more of the city areas like Leith and take day trips to nearby places like Glasgow , St. Andrews, or Stirling. Or take a day trip to the Scottish Highlands.

Finally, since the weather in Scotland is unpredictable, having a long weekend in Edinburgh will give you more time to duck into a pub if it starts raining and enjoy the cultural feel of this incredibly charming Scottish city.

3 Days in Edinburgh Itinerary

Edinburgh Itinerary Day 1 – Royal Mile & Old Town

Royal Mile Tour & Edinburgh Castle

Start your day by exploring the famous Royal Mile , one of the oldest cobbled streets in Edinburgh that runs through the heart of the city. It starts down at Holyrood Palace and shoots up to the iconic Edinburgh Castle – an obvious must-see for a weekend in Edinburgh!

Along the street, you can visit the stunning St. Giles’ Cathedral with its blue vaulted ceilings. Also, stop into one of the numerous closes (small squares nestled down narrow passageways) like Lady Stair’s Close and Mary King’s Close.

For a closer look at the history of this special area during your 3 days in Edinburgh itinerary, book a guided Royal Mile Walking Tour . Explore hidden gems, see Parliament Square, old-world architecture, and all the best places along the Royal Mile as you make your way up to the main event – Edinburgh Castle.

You can also try the Harry Potter Tour which will take you through many of the same places, beginning at William Chambers Monument, while sharing HP trivia, secrets, and places that inspired J.K. Rowling’s most magical books.

Lunch at Grassmarket

For lunch, wander through the nearby Grassmarket in Old Town, a 14th-century marketplace full of independent merchants, eateries, and a stunning view of the city’s hilltop castle.

On a nice day, restaurants have lots of outdoor seating. It’s an enjoyable place to people watch and soak up the atmosphere of Edinburgh.

Walk Down Victoria Street

After a nice lunch in the Grassmarket area, next on this 3 day Edinburgh itinerary is a visit to one of the spookiest (yet wonderfully lovely) spots in the city’s Old Town.

However, we recommend walking there while passing through Victoria Street , one of the most postcard-worthy streets in the city.

The charming colorful storefronts will draw you in to eat or buy souvenirs. A tartan scarf, wool blanket, or umbrella – especially if it’s raining would all be great choices! Or go for a tweed driving cap or some delicious Scottish cheese.

Victoria Street is a big draw as a Harry Potter location , as it is possibly the inspiration for the infamous Diagon Alley. Pick up something magical at one of the Harry Potter themed souvenir shops.

Greyfriars Kirkland

As for the spooky spot, we’re talking about Greyfriars Kirkland (kirkyard, which means churchyard) is one of the oldest graveyards in Edinburgh.

There are nearly 600 headstones here with many of Scotland’s most notable residents residing underground here. You can book a tour through the attached museum or simply wander along the shaded, mysterious pathways.

National Museum of Scotland

Afterward, and your last big stop of the day, head over to the fascinating National Museum of Scotland . This museum is great for all ages and a perfect pitstop if it’s raining.

This incredible museum is full of historic relics, Scottish history on all things from clans to ancient harps, a fun-filled science floor, industrial remnants, a charming cafe, and so much more.

It’s like having a science museum, natural history museum, antiquities and art museum all rolled into one. It truly showcases the bredth of Scottish history.

Best of all, the entry to the museum is free. They have places around the museum where they mention making a donation of £5, which is still a huge bargain for the amazing collection.

Dinner at a Scottish pub

During the evening, indulge in some quintessential Scottish culture. So, hop over to a traditional pub for a hearty dinner! Pair your meal with a local artisan beer or a glass of whisky for the full experience.

Spending the day in Edinburgh’s Old Town, we recommend The Piper’s Rest . They use local ingredients to whip up some delicious Scottish scran (a way of referring to food in Scotland).

We stayed at the Lane Hotel in Morningside, which has one of the most notable pubs in Edinburgh called The Canny Mans .

This 152 year old family run pub is filled with nostalgic memorabilia and is a great place to go if you want to experience a true local’s pub.

Edinburgh Itinerary Day 2 – Edinburgh New Town

On day 2 of this Edinburgh Itinerary, you’ll venture out of the main tourist area and

Princes Street Gardens & Ross Fountain

After breakfast, get ready for another wondrous 3 days in Edinburgh. Your first stop of the day is Princes Street Gardens, just across from the Edinburgh Waverley Train Station.

This is one of the best places to visit in Edinburgh for lovely castle views, scenic walking paths among fresh flowers, and cozy picnic spots. Don’t forget to walk by the Ross Fountain with its iconic castle background, too!

Scottish National Gallery

Across the gardens near the train station, you’ll find the Scottish National Gallery . Home to impressive works of art throughout the ages, this museum is well worth a visit during your weekend away in Edinburgh.

And remember! Public museums are free to enter in Scotland and throughout the UK!

Circus Lane & Stockbridge Lunch

For another beautiful street in Edinburgh, Circus Lane is a picturesque cobbled street begging to be photographed. It’s a residential area full of flower-covered terraces that curls into a lovely U shape.

We recommend stopping in the Stockbridge area for lunch between Circus Lane and the Botanic Gardens. We ate at the Scran & Scallie . The food is upscale gastro pub fare. The steak pie was delish. Make a reservation ahead.

Edinburgh Royal Botanic Gardens

Plant lover or not, the Edinburgh Royal Botanic Gardens (also know as The Botanics) are spectacular. Spanning 72 acres, the park showcases nearly 17,000 species with about 34,000 plants.

It was raining for my visit so rather than getting a nice stroll, I took a quick run trough some of the walking paths to see the beautifully manicured gardens.

If it was a gorgeous day, I could see spending a few hours here strolling around. The garden is open daily and entrance is free.

Dean Village

Walk along the Water of Leith where you can see the old-world St. Bernard’s Well on your way to the picturesque Dean Village. With a 3 day itinerary for Edinburgh, you can definitely stop at The Village.

This 19th-century Bucolic village is nestling between a stream with gardens and even a museum! It’s thought to be the oldest village in Edinburgh showing up on maps from the 1500’s.

We found it a little difficult to park so you might want to take a taxi or the Edinburgh Hop On Hop Off Bus , which is a great way to get around while you learn about Edinburgh along the way.

Princes Street 

From here, you can easily look back down to Princes Street and enjoy a little shopping (there are many side streets with local boutiques and souvenir shops) before continuing on to the next stop on this weekend in Edinburgh itinerary. 

Calton Hill

We recommend trotting up Calton Hill around Golden Hour for some impeccable cityscape and countryside views, and even nice vantage points of the coastline.

Calton Hill is a spectacular compilation of historic monuments bundled up on a hillside that overlooks the city.

It’s one of the city’s best photography spots and if you come around Golden Hour/sunset, you can really take advantage of it all.

Even if you have just 2 days in Edinburgh, you’ll already have seen so much of what the city has to offer by this point.

Edinburgh Itinerary Day 3 – Take an Edinburgh Day Trip or Tour

We highly recommend carving enough time out of your Edinburgh Itinerary to do a full day tour to the Scottish Highlands. Here are 2 great choices. If you don’t have enough time, check out the Edinburgh tour options below.

Loch Ness & Highlands

Scotland and the Highlands go hand in hand. This area is deeply embedded in Scottish culture, from clans and kilts to towering hills, and seeing it with your own eyes is something truly special.

A Loch Ness & Scottish Highlands Tour is the top day trip to see some of the prettiest places in Scotland.

Hop on a Loch Ness boat cruise in search of the infamous Loch Ness Monster. Spot Highland cows, visit Urquhart Castle and the beautiful village of Pitlochry, and enjoy an amazing day filled with the beauty of Scotland.

This tour sells out so book your spot in advance.

Glenfinnan, Fort William, and Glencoe Day Tour

We love this Glenfinnan, Glencoe and Fort William Full-Day Tour because you get a chance to spend time in beautiful villages like Pitlochry and Glencoe.

You will also see the famous Glenfinnan Viaduct from Harry Potter. Fans will love a chance to snap photos of the legendary Jacobite steam train, just like Hogwarts Express, as it journeys through the Highlands.

Your guide will share fascinating Scottish history along the way as you see the highlights of the Highlands.

Fun Edinburgh Tours and Activities

Morning at Arthur’s Seat

For your last day in Edinburgh, start it off strong with a trek up Arthur’s Seat. After two days in Edinburgh, you’ll probably have caught a glimpse of this ancient volcanic hill a time or two.

Start at the bottom of Holyrood Park, at the very end of the Royal Mile, to begin your hike up the hill. The total journey will take about two hours round trip leisurely and the views will be well worth it!

Remember to bring comfortable shoes for this part of your 3 days in Edinburgh! You can also pack lunch and celebrate on top of the hill as you enjoy the iconic views from above.

Camera Obscura & World of Illusions

Once you’re back in Old Town in the afternoon, Camera Obscura is one of the best places to visit during a long weekend in Edinburgh.

Located in the Outlook Tower, this attraction has lured visitors since 1853 with its light illusions and 360-degree views of Old Town.

Scottish Whisky Experience

For the rest of the day, choose a tour (or two) of your preferences. Curious to try and learn more about Scottish whisky?

Skip the line with The Scotch Whisky Experience Tour that takes you through the whisky-making process and you’ll even get to sample some along the way! This is a great tour to relax a bit after seeing Edinburgh in 3 days.

Underground Vaults Ghost Tour

If the spookiness of Greyfriars Kirkland wasn’t enough for you, hop on an Underground Vaults Ghost Tour to see the city in a whole new, dimly-lit light.

Plus, did you know Edinburgh is considered one of the most haunted places in the UK? Hear ghost stories, visit the very eerie Underground Vaults on Blair Street, and enjoy a complimentary drink at Megget’s Cellar.

Where to Stay for a Long Weekend in Edinburgh, Scotland

For this long weekend in Edinburgh itinerary, we recommend booking a place to stay in Old Town or New Town to really make the most of your short trip.

At the historic heart, the Old Town neighborhood is full of winding cobblestone streets and historic buildings. The area exudes charm and character, and there are many amazing boutique hotels to choose from.

Located to the north of the Old Town, the New Town area of Edinburgh offers a more modern and upscale experience while still full of historic buildings.

The neighborhood is known for its stunning Georgian architecture and public squares, plus tons of beautiful accommodation options in Edinburgh.

Here are a few recommendations but we have a full guide for the best boutique hotels in Edinburgh to find your perfect stay.

• The Lane Hotel (9.2) – If you have a car, this bed and breakfast is tatefully decorated, so comfortable and affordable. We stayed here are thought it was terrific. If you don’t have a car, it is about 10-15 minutes away from everything.
• Native Edinburgh (8.9) – an aparthotel in New Town. It’s perfect if you need extra space or want to prepare some of your own meals. It’s stylish, affordable, and they have a laundry room!
• House of Gods Hotel (8.6) – walking distance to everything in Old Town, this hotel decorated in dark red tones will definitely make for a memorable stay.
• Virgin Hotels Edinburgh (8.9)- if you want one of the coolest hotels in town that’s stunning, has a great rooftop with amazing views and is close to everything, this is it. Mid price range for Edinburgh. Truly a great choice.
• Gleneagles Townhouse (9.2) – high priced, elegant, luxury hotel with a fitness center, rooftop deck and 5 star amenities..

Final Thoughts About an Edinburgh Itinerary for 3 Days

Whether you are traveling to Edinburgh as part of a larger trip to Scotland or just spending a few days to see one of the best cities in the UK, a long weekend in Edinburgh willl give you enough time to take in all the best sights.

If you are planning your trip for the high season during summer, especially in August during the Fringe Festival, make sure to plan ahead, especially with your hotels.

Save the Best Weekend in Edinburgh Itinerary for later? Pin it!

About Jenifer

You might also like....

The Perfect 7 Days in Ireland Itinerary With Northern Ireland

12 Best Boutique Hotels in Glasgow Scotland

13 Best Boutique Hotels in Bath England

No comments, leave a reply cancel reply.

Copyright 2024 - The Evolista | All Rights Reserved | Disclosure

Hi, I'm Candace

Candace Abroad

A London & Travel Blog

Travel , UK Travel · February 9, 2024

3 Days in Edinburgh: The Perfect Itinerary for Your First Visit

Table of Contents

Looking for what do for 3 days in Edinburgh? Here’s the perfect 3 day itinerary for your trip — from someone who’s done it!

This post may contain affiliate links. Check out my  Disclosure & Privacy Policy  for more information.

Edinburgh, the jewel of Scotland, is a captivating city that blends ancient charm with modern elegance.

Beautifully situated amongst seven majestic hills, it’s a city painted with a starkly contrasting palette of old and new.

The Edinburgh skyline, dominated by the formidable Edinburgh Castle perched high atop an extinct volcano, tells a tale of the city’s rich and turbulent history.

Easily one of the most lovely cities in the UK, Edinburgh enchants visitors with its stunning landscapes – from the breathtakingly panoramic views from Arthur’s Seat to the serene beauty of the Royal Botanic Gardens – making it a must visit for UK travel lovers (like me!).

Whether you’re a history enthusiast, a nature lover, an admirer of the arts, or simply a curious traveller, this itinerary will help you unwrap, enjoy and explore the best of what Edinburgh has to offer. So here’s how to make the most of your trip!

72 Hours in Edinburgh

🏛️ Edinburgh, Scotland Quick Tips

🚉 How to Get to Edinburgh, Scotland:

By Plane : Flying is the quickest way to get from London to Edinburgh.

The flight typically takes around 1 hour and 20 minutes, and there are daily flights from various London airports – including Heathrow, Gatwick, Luton, and Stansted – arriving at Edinburgh Airport.

I typically use SkyScanner to keep an eye out for the best deals.

By Train : Travelling by train is another popular option. The quickest route, the East Coast line, takes around 4 hours and 20 minutes.

Trains run frequently throughout the day from London King’s Cross to Edinburgh Waverley, the city’s central station.

Additionally, consider the Caledonian Sleeper Train for an overnight journey, where you can sleep in cosy cabins and wake up to the Scottish landscapes.

Advance tickets are often cheaper, so booking early is always recommended.

🗓️ Best Time to Visit Edinburgh:

The most popular time to visit Edinburgh is in the summer, particularly in August when the city hosts its world-renowned Edinburgh Festival Fringe and International Festival where you’ll get to see the city come alive with arts, theatre, music and dance!

If you prefer a less crowded, quieter experience with more space and time to explore the city’s iconic sites, choose autumn or spring.

⏳ How Long to Spend in Edinburgh, Scotland? (is 3 days in Edinburgh enough?):

Yes! Three days is definitely enough time for a satisfying and memorable visit to Edinburgh.

Many of the most memorable sites are within walking distance of each other, so as long as you’re organised you’ll be able to enjoy a lot of Edinburgh in a short timespan.

🏰 Top Attractions in Edinburgh:

Edinburgh Castle and The Royal Mile are the top attractions in Edinburgh, with a combined history of nearly 800 years!

🏨 Where to Stay in Edinburgh:

Airbnb : I stayed in a lovely Airbnb located in the city center, just steps from The University of Edinburgh. It was very cosy, clean and well maintained. The host even had snacks and groceries waiting for us when we arrived! I highly recommend.

The Balmoral : The Balmoral Hotel is a luxury five-star hotel in the heart of Edinburgh, well-known for its striking blend of traditional elegance and contemporary comfort. With panoramic views of the city from its iconic clock tower, it offers a range of sophisticated rooms and suites, alongside world-class dining experiences, including the Michelin-starred restaurant ‘Number One.’ It’s located on Princes Street, near the main attractions, and has a reputation for high-quality service. Truly one from a memorable stay.

3 Days in Edinburgh Itinerary

Edinburgh Castle

Edinburgh Castle is a living testimony to Scotland’s storied past, right in the heart of Edinburgh’s city centre.

Its history spans over a millennia, dating all the way back to the 12th century with a wealth of history (and delicious photo ops) to discover.

Begin your visit with the captivating views over Edinburgh city from the castle’s vantage point on Castle Rock, before diving into the castle’s rich history.

Make sure to see the famous “One o’clock Gun” and then enjoy a delicious homemade meal at their cafeteria-style cafe.

Throughout your entire visit, you’ll find museum-like exhibits and tons of places of interest that will both intrigue and inspire!

The Royal Mile

The Royal Mile is the beating heart of Edinburgh’s Old Town, a route steeped in history and Scottish charm, stretching from Edinburgh Castle at one end to the grand Holyrood Palace at the other.

It measures approximately a ‘Scots Mile,’ hence its name.

It’s home to many significant landmarks, including St. Giles Cathedral, the Museum of Edinburgh, and the Scottish Parliament along with a vibrant tapestry of shops selling traditional Scottish goods, restaurants showcasing local cuisine and pubs.

Walking the Royal Mile is like walking through Scotland’s rich and complex history, beautifully encapsulated in a single stretch of road.

Victoria Street

Victoria Street is a treasure trove for those seeking one-of-a-kind items or souvenirs, ranging from vintage clothing and antiques to Scottish specialty foods and crafts.

It also offers a variety of dining options, perfect for enjoying a meal while soaking up the area’s unique ambiance.

Just a stone’s throw away from the famous Royal Mile, a visit to Victoria Street allows visitors to experience the genuine warmth and character that Edinburgh’s Old Town is celebrated for.

Grassmarket

Grassmarket is an historic and lively district nestled right in the heart of Edinburgh’s Old Town, just a short walk from the famous Edinburgh Castle.

The area is steeped in history; originally a marketplace, it was also the site of public executions in the past.

Today, it’s better known for its vibrant atmosphere and unique selection of shops, restaurants, and traditional pubs. And is a great place to pop by for your 3 days in Edinburgh.

The area is particularly renowned for its eclectic mix of independent retailers offering everything from vintage clothing and rare books to Scottish crafts and design-led homeware.

Grassmarket is also home to fantastic eateries and pubs, many of which provide open-air seating, ideal for enjoying the atmosphere on a sunny day.

Dinner + Live Music in Edinburgh

Monteith’s is a unique dining spot nestled in the heart of Edinburgh’s historic Royal Mile that offers excellent dining with warm and friendly service, making it a favourite destination for locals and visitors to Edinburgh.

Serving traditional Scottish fare, the restaurant and cocktail bar have a great blend of rustic and contemporary charm, creating an inviting and intimate setting.

We had the Sunday roast – It was amazing.

For excellent Chinese food, San Chuan is the place.

With a fast, friendly and efficient staff, a generous menu and superbly prepared meals, San Chuan has become a local favourite.

When you taste their Chilli Chicken Chongqing Style (or any other dish for that matter), you’ll understand why.

But if you’re in the mood for something a little different, try Baba Restaurant .

It’s located in the heart of Edinburgh and offers an innovative and eclectic selection of Middle Eastern and Mediterranean dishes that combine fresh Scottish produce with exotic spices and herbs.

From aromatic mezze platters to chargrilled meats and delectable vegan offerings, Baba’s dishes and bohemian ambiance are sure to satisfy your Edinburgh appetite.

Live Music at World End’s Pub

Photo Courtesy: The World End’s Pub

After all that good food, you’ll probably be in the mood for some entertainment.

The perfect place? – The World’s End (so named because at one time, the people of Edinburgh thought that the world outside the wall of the pub no longer belonged to them).

True to its authentic Scottish character, the pub hosts live music on weekends – you can enjoy music from all genres, allowing for a memorable cultural experience.

The sounds of acoustic music and local singers echoing through the pub create a pleasantly melodic backdrop to your evening – indeed a quintessential Edinburgh experience and a perfect way to end your first day in Edinburgh.

Haggis Breakfast (or not)

Strictly from a foodie’s perspective, haggis is a rich and flavourful, unique breakfast option that’s far from the usual cereal or toast.

It’s also high in iron and fibre, so it makes sense as an excellent choice for a breakfast experience that’s a genuine slice of Scottish tradition and culture.

However, it’s important to note that haggis is not for everyone. Some may find the strong flavour or the knowledge of the ingredients (typically sheep’s heart, liver, and lungs) off-putting.

Eating haggis is not for the faint of heart -pun intended! But if you’re up for food adventures, who knows – haggis breakfast might just become your new favourite morning meal.

Trying Haggis for the first time!

We tried ours at The Ginger Cafe Bistro , but the Arcade Bar Haggis & Whisky House is known for the best!

Princes Street Gardens

Princes Street Gardens is a picturesque public park nestled in the heart of Edinburgh, boasting incredible views of the city’s iconic castle.

The park is divided into two parts, the East and West Princes Street Gardens, which act as a lush, tranquil oasis amidst the bustling city.

One of the main attractions in the West Gardens is the beautifully restored Ross Fountain.

Created in France and imported from London, this cast-iron fountain has been an integral part of the park since 1872; it is adorned with elegant sculptures and, following a refurbishment in 2018, it now radiates vibrant gold, teal, and blue hues.

The majestic cascade of water from the Ross Fountain against the backdrop of the Edinburgh Castle provides a captivating scene, adding to the allure of the Princes Street Gardens. And well-worth the visit on your 3 days in Edinburgh!

National Gallery of Scotland

A few steps from the lovely Princes Street Gardens (they’re literally right next to each other) and you’ll find the National Gallery of Scotland .

With works ranging from the Renaissance to the end of the 19th century, it gives visitors a chance to experience artistic masterpieces by acclaimed artists like Van Gogh, Botticelli, Rembrandt, and Turner housing an impressive collection of fine art from across the globe.

The grand neoclassical building, designed by William Henry Playfair, is as beautiful as the treasures it contains, making a visit to the gallery a cultural highlight of any trip to Edinburgh.

Palace of Holyroodhouse

The Palace of Holyroodhouse, located at the end of the historic Royal Mile in Edinburgh, is the official residence of the British monarch in Scotland, and an architectural masterpiece.

Visitors can explore 14 magnificent historic and state apartments, the romantic ruins of the 12th-century Holyrood Abbey, and beautiful royal gardens.

Rich with history, it was here that Mary, Queen of Scots, endured some of her most dramatic experiences and it’s where Bonnie Prince Charlie held court during his attempt to reclaim the throne.

As the palace embodies the powerful and compelling narrative of Scotland’s past, it definitely deserves a place on the 3 itinerary of anyone visiting Edinburgh.

Blackwells Bookshop 

Blackwell’s Bookshop in Edinburgh, Scotland, is a treasured haven for literature lovers, academics, and visitors alike.

This renowned bookshop boasts an extensive selection of books across numerous genres, making it an essential stop for bibliophiles – like me!

With a knowledgeable staff and cozy ambiance, Blackwell’s has a welcoming environment to explore, discover and delve into the world of literature, Edinburgh style.

Casual Lunch at Piemaker

Piemaker is an Edinburgh foodie’s paradise…for you guessed it, pie!

Famous for their scrumptious savoury, sweet, vegetarian, vegan, pies all baked freshly throughout the day, this local eatery is perfect for a casual pit stop on your 3 days in Edinburgh.

Made with fresh, locally sourced ingredients and baked to perfection, the pies at Piemakers are a delicious must-try.

Sunset at Calton Hill

After enjoying all those scrumptious pies at Piemaker, I suggest working off some of those calories by taking a walk up to Calton Hill to see one of the most beautiful sunsets you’ve ever seen.

As you ascend its moderate incline, you’ll be greeted by panoramic views that showcase the historic architecture and natural beauty that defines Scotland’s capital.

From this viewpoint, you can admire iconic landmarks such as Edinburgh Castle, the Scott Monument, and the beautiful waterway of the Firth of Forth.

Calton Hill is not only famous for its breathtaking vistas but also for its landmark monuments, such as the National Monument, the Dugald Stewart Monument, and the Nelson Monument – an unforgettable visual feast and walking trip that prepares you for tomorrow’s adventure…Arthur’s Seat!

Arthur’s Seat

First thing in the morning, we’re headed out for the adventure of climbing Arthur’s Seat – an ancient volcano and Edinburgh’s highest point.

It’s quite a satisfying and beautiful feat – all along the way, as you ascend its steep and rugged trails, you’ll be rewarded with breathtaking panoramic views of the cityscape, the coastline, and the surrounding countryside.

And there’s nothing like the exhilaration of actually reaching the top!

HELPFUL TIPS:

When To Go: I suggest going first thing in the morning, as seeing the dawn from this vantage point is absolutely spectacular!

Plus, as some of the trail is quite rugged, you won’t have to worry about being caught out in the dark if you hike near sunset.

P.S. – I definitely would not advise hiking Arthur’s Seat if it’s late in the day or raining.

How Long Does It Take? : Though from the front of the mount, it looks like it would take hours to climb, honestly, it only takes about 30 minutes or so.

Fitness Level Required : There are several routes to get to the top of Arthur’s Seat. If you take the easiest trail , with the stone steps taking you most of the way, climbing Arthur’s Seat is not nearly as challenging as it looks. It does, however, require at least an average level of fitness.

What to Take? : I suggest wearing comfortable clothing and definitely some comfortable shoes- a good pair of sneakers or hiking boots would be best.

You’ll also want to have a light backpack or crossover bag to carry your camera and maybe a light sweater (it can be a bit windy at that height) so you can be hands-free for the climb.

Also make sure to have some water on hand to keep yourself hydrated along the way.

Waterstones on Princes Street

The view was blocked by construction this visit, but hopefully, it will be gone by the time you go!

After descending from Arthur’s Seat, take a moment to relax with a hot chocolate in one of my all-time favourites, Waterstones on Princes Street .

This is a gem for every literature lover – housed in a majestic historic building, this flagship store boasts four expansive floors brimming with an extensive collection of books from all genres.

The store also has a cozy café with great coffee and fantastic views of the Edinburgh Castle, making it a perfect spot to relax with a new book.

Dean Village

If you didn’t think 3 days in Edinburgh could get more perfect, then you have yet to visit Dean Village.

This idyllic little village gives serious storybook vibes. Once a thriving grain milling area, Dean Village is now known for its charming 19th-century buildings, ornate millstones, and peaceful ambiance.

Tucked away in an unassuming corner of Edinburgh, it gives an unexpected bit of rural charm in the city- a picturesque retreat from the bustling city noise.

Meandering through its cobbled lanes, visitors can enjoy the echoes of history, beautiful architecture and the lush, natural surroundings that make Dean Village an unforgettable stop on the Edinburgh map.

The Jazz Bar Edinburgh

To end your trip to Edinburgh on a high note, visit The Jazz Bar .

It’s a vibrant, intimate venue well known for hosting exceptional live jazz, but also embracing funk, blues, and soul (and is a total hidden gem in the city).

Located in the heart of the Old Town Edinburgh, this legendary spot attracts music lovers and talented musicians alike with a line-up of nightly gigs and jam sessions.

My personal recommendation? Monday nights with The Jazz Bar’s 17-piece Big Band.

The band is exquisitely talented and their music is sheer pleasure… but get here early! It’s a local favourite.

Map of The Best Things to Do in Edinburgh

Speaking of the amount of things there are to do in Edinburgh, here’s some more to add to the list!

The Best Tours and Activities in Edinburgh for a 3 Day Trip

Where to eat in edinburgh:.

Waterstones at Princes Street – A great place for a hot chocolate or coffee and snacks while enjoying a book or getting some work done in Edinburgh.

The Edinburgh Larder and Little Larder – Tucked away just off The Royal Mile, two great café-style establishments serving delicious, hearty meals with locally sourced ingredients. 

The White Hart Inn – Edinburgh’s most ancient tavern (almost 500 years old!), serving fine ales and whiskies along with traditional Scottish food cooked to perfection.

Makars Mash Bar – A bar / restaurant with such good food that it’s won “Best Restaurant in Edinburgh” awards for several years in a row- known for serving traditional Scottish fare from locally sourced ingredients.

The Alchemist George Street – A restaurant and cocktail bar “for the devilish and decadent” with a Goth-themed menu full of delicious flavours.

Mary’s Milk Bar – A spot with delectable gelato and chocolate that is literally made fresh every single day.

Oink – The place to enjoy some of the best pulled pork sandwiches you’ve ever tasted, with freshly sourced, local ingredients.

Bertie’s Fish and Chips – A great place to visit for not just fish and chips, but also for a really good steak pie and some very tasty desserts.

Piemaker – A simple spot with an enormous selection of absolutely delicious homemade sweet and savoury pies, along with burgers and baguettes.

Cafe Royal – An exquisite dining establishment with a gourmet menu that has something for even the most discriminating tastes. 

The Palmerston – With a carefully curated, seasonal menu that demands the freshest ingredients available, dining at The Palmerston always promises something new.

Civerinos – Delectable pizzas and mouthwatering authentic Italian dishes.

Moo Pie Gelato – Looking for some of the best creamy, luscious frozen goodness in Edinburgh? Look no further. This place serves up some of the most amazing gelato you’ve ever had.

Greenwoods Edinburgh One of the best places for breakfast, brunch or dessert you could ask for, trust me. Lovely homemade, traditional and innovative fare. Locally sourced and cooked to perfection. 

El Cartel – The tastes of Mexico, all fresh and zesty, with everything made in house, along with a generous drink menu that changes every day and includes their famous frozen margaritas. 

Bonnie and Wild – Where you can experience everything from world’s best coffee to exquisite gourmet fare to the best burgers ever and everything in between, everyday. No reservations needed. Great restaurants, great food, great experience. 

Edinburgh, Scotland FAQ

💭 Is three days enough to visit Edinburgh? Absolutely, three days in Edinburgh will give you. a captivating introduction to Scotland’s charm-infused capital.

While it would be wonderful to have more time to fall in love with the city’s magical allure, you can certainly experience its key highlights and unforgettable moments in a three-day stay.

💭 How many days do we need in Edinburgh? The number of days you should spend in Edinburgh largely depends on what you want to experience in Scotland’s capital.

However, as a general guide, a trip of three to five days allows a comfortable exploration of the city’s most famous attractions while also giving you time to soak in its unique atmosphere, traverse the lively streets, and discover hidden gems.

💭 What to do in Scotland for three days?

Scotland offers myriad experiences, from rugged landscapes and historic castles to vibrant cities. Here’s a three-day itinerary maximizing your time to explore the highlights:

Day 1: Edinburgh Start your Scottish adventure in Edinburgh, the country’s capital. Begin with a visit to the Edinburgh Castle, which offers stunning city views and a rich history. Take a walk along the Royal Mile to the Palace of Holyroodhouse, visiting museums, ancient buildings, shops, and cafes on the way.

Day 2: The Highlands Experience Scotland’s legendary wild landscapes with a day trip to the Highlands. Stop by Glencoe, one of Scotland’s most beautiful glens, enjoy the rugged scenery, and learn about its poignant history. Continue north to Fort William, where you can view the UK’s highest mountain, Ben Nevis.

End your day with a visit to the enchanting Eilean Donan Castle, arguably one of the most picturesque sites in Scotland. It’s a long day, but the sublime natural beauty you encounter will make it worthwhile.

Day 3: Loch Ness and Inverness On your final day, hunt for Nessie at Loch Ness, Scotland’s most famous loch, brimming with natural beauty and mystery. Visit Urquhart Castle, offering excellent views over Loch Ness.

From there, head to Inverness, the capital of the Highlands. Walk along the River Ness, visit the Victorian Market for souvenirs, and explore the Old Town, complete with its castle. If time permits, a visit to Culloden Battlefield, a short drive from Inverness, provides a moving recount of a key moment in Scottish history.

While this itinerary only scratches the surface of Scotland’s treasures, it offers a mix of city sights, historical landmarks, and natural wonders for a lovely three-day trip.

💭 What are the must-see spots in Edinburgh? Key attractions include: Edinburgh Castle, The Royal Mile, Holyrood Palace, Arthur’s Seat, and the National Museum of Scotland. Don’t miss the chance to hike up Calton Hill for stunning city views, particularly at sunset.

💭 How can I navigate the city? Edinburgh is a compact, walkable city. For longer distances or when your feet need a break, the city boasts excellent public transport, including buses, trams, and taxis (P.S. – you can pay with your contactless card on public transit here).

💭 What Scottish dishes should I try in Edinburgh? Traditional Scottish cuisine you must experience includes Haggis, Neeps and Tatties, Scottish smoked salmon, Scotch pies, and Cullen skink. Sweet tooth? Don’t miss out on the shortbread, and you could also try the unique Scottish drink–’Irn-Bru’.

💭 What’s the weather like in Edinburgh? Edinburgh has a temperate maritime climate. Summers are generally mild and winters can be chilly. The city is known for its changeable weather– famously, you can often experience ‘four seasons in one day’. Always pack a waterproof jacket!

💭 Is Edinburgh expensive? The cost of visiting Edinburgh can vary greatly depending on one’s budget. Dining, accommodation and attractions range from affordable to luxury, providing options for all types of travelers.

💭 How far is Edinburgh from Glasgow? Edinburgh is approximately 60 miles (96 kilometers) from Glasgow, which roughly translates to a 1.5 – 2 hours drive, or around 50 minutes by train.

💭 What languages are spoken in Edinburgh? While English is the main language, you might hear Scots and Scottish Gaelic. Having a few Gaelic words in your back pocket like “halò” (hello) or “tapadh leat” (thank you) can be fun to use.

💭 Is Edinburgh safe for visitors? Yes, Edinburgh is generally very safe for visitors, with lower crime rates compared to other UK cities, but as with any destination, common sense precautions should be taken.

💭 Do people wear kilts in Edinburgh? While kilts aren’t everyday wear, they are often donned for special occasions such as weddings, graduations, and traditional events like the Edinburgh Military Tattoo. You may also see them being worn by bagpipers playing on the Royal Mile.

Thanks for reading my Edinburgh Travel Guide. If you enjoyed it, let me know on  Instagram !

Check out more edinburgh & uk guides:.

• The Best Sunday Roasts in Edinburgh – from a UK Travel Blogger
• 2 Days in Bath: The Perfect Weekend Itinerary
• How to Spend a Day in Lacock, England (the Harry Potter Village!)
• 10 Best Things to do in Castle Combe, Cotswolds
• How to Do the Perfect London Day Trip to Oxford
• How to Plan the Perfect Day Trip to Cambridge from London

Happy travels,

Get on the List

You’ll also love.

Latest from Instagram

Follow @candaceabroad

Moving to London? Check out my Digital Moving Guide!

join the monthly newsletter

Subscribe for itinerary inspiration, travel inspo & exclusive content straight to your lovely inbox.

Affiliate disclosure

Theme by 17th Avenue Designs

Disclosure & Privacy Policy

Copyright © 2024 Candace Abroad Theme by 17th Avenue

• Skip to navigation
• Skip to content

• Tours from Glasgow
• Tours from Edinburgh
• Shore Excursions
• Isle of Iona
• Isle of Mull
• Stirling Castle
• Loch Lomond
• Jacobite Steam Train
• Private Tours
• Testimonials
• Covid-19 Safety Procedures
• Sustainability & Green Tourism
• Info & FAQs
• Our Driver-Guides
• Our Mini Coaches
• Gift Certificates
• Privacy Policy
• Terms and Conditions

3 Day Tours from Edinburgh

 3 day tours from edinburgh.

Sit back and relax on a 3 day tour from Edinburgh. On our Isle of Skye tour, we’ll make stops at Loch Lomond , Glencoe and Glenfinnan . More stunning scenery as we travel through Glens Garry, Clunie & Shiel to the spectacular Isle of Skye.

Our small group tour has a full day to explore the magical island of Skye. Your friendly driver-guide will ensure you see the best this spectacular island has to offer. On our return to Edinburgh we’ll visit Eilean Donan Castle and you will also have the opportunity to enjoy a leisurely cruise on Loch Ness before we return to Edinburgh via ‘Monarch of the Glen’ country and the Big Tree Country of Perthshire.

Isle of Skye, The Highlands & Loch Ness

An island of faerie folklore, single track mountain passes, secret glens, craggy rock formations, crystal clear pools and waterfalls. Rich in history with a vast array of wildlife and spectacular scenery, it’s little wonder the Isle of Skye is one of the most popular tourist destinations in Scotland.

Private & Exclusive tours for families & friends

In the current climate of social distancing and bubbles, now more than ever may be the time to consider a private tour of Scotland for your family and friends.

Our Reviews

We're proud of our reputation. But we won't rest on our laurels. If you've enjoyed a tour with us please share your experience

Back to top

• Car Rentals
• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Bundle & Save
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Edinburgh & Glasgow in 4 Days: A Cultural and Historic Journey

April 22, 2024 · 3 min read

Embark on a 4-day adventure through the heart of Scotland, exploring the rich history and vibrant culture of Edinburgh and Glasgow. Begin your journey at the iconic Edinburgh Castle, perched atop an ancient volcano, offering a glimpse into Scotland's military past. Spend a leisurely 2 hours here before descending into the lush Princes Street Gardens for another 2 hours of serene exploration. Stroll along Princes Street, Edinburgh's main shopping thoroughfare, and immerse yourself in the city's bustling atmosphere for an hour. Conclude your first day with a visit to the National Galleries of Scotland, indulging in an hour of artistic marvels. Day two invites you to delve into the National Museum of Scotland for an extensive 3-hour tour, followed by panoramic views from Calton Hill. Later, step into the royal residence at the Palace of Holyroodhouse, dedicating 2 hours to its regal splendor. The third day takes you to Arthur's Seat, an ancient volcano and site of a hill fort, for a brisk 1-hour hike with breathtaking views. Wander along the historic Royal Mile for an hour, and then reflect on the grandeur of St Giles' Cathedral with a 1-hour visit. Pay homage to the literary giant Sir Walter Scott at the Scott Monument, a quick but memorable 30-minute stop. Your final day transitions to Glasgow, starting with the tranquil Glasgow Botanic Gardens for an hour. Next, explore the prestigious University of Glasgow for 3 hours, soaking in the academic ambiance. Conclude your cultural journey at the Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum, spending 2 hours amongst the masterpieces. This itinerary promises a blend of Scotland's finest attractions, ensuring a memorable trip filled with discovery and enchantment.

• Day 1: Enchanting Edinburgh - Castles, Gardens, and Galleries

Edinburgh Castle

Begin your Edinburgh adventure with a visit to the iconic Edinburgh Castle, perched majestically atop Castle Rock. As you explore this historic fortress, which has dominated the city's skyline for centuries, allow yourself to be transported back in time. With a two-hour stay, you'll have ample opportunity to discover its military past, marvel at the Crown Jewels, and soak in panoramic views of the city.

Attraction Info

• Castlehill, Edinburgh EH1 2NG, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 2-3 hour
• Open from 03/29-09/30,9:30am-6:00pm;Open from 10/01-12/23,9:30am-5:00pm;Closed from 12/25-12/26;Open from 12/27-12/31,9:30am-5:00pm;Open 9:30am-4:00pm on 12/24;Open 11:00am-5:00pm on 01/01;Open from 01/02-03/28,9:30am-5:00pm

Recommended Nearby Restaurants

Princes Street Gardens

After delving into the depths of history, unwind in the serene Princes Street Gardens. Nestled in the heart of Edinburgh, these beautifully landscaped gardens offer a tranquil escape from the bustling city streets. Spend a couple of hours meandering through the vibrant floral displays, or simply relax by the fountain and enjoy the peaceful ambiance.

• Princes St, Edinburgh EH2 2HG, United Kingdom
• Open from 7:00am-9:35pm

Princes Street

Continue your day by strolling down Princes Street, Edinburgh's most famous shopping thoroughfare. This characteristic neighborhood is not just a shopper's paradise but also a cultural hub. With an hour to explore, you can admire the street's historic architecture, indulge in some retail therapy, or savor a quick bite at one of the many cafes.

• Edinburgh, UK
• Suggested tour duration: 1-3 hour

National Galleries of Scotland: National

Conclude your first day's exploration at the National Galleries of Scotland. This prestigious art gallery and museum is a treasure trove of fine art, featuring works from the Renaissance to the present day. Spend an hour immersed in the masterpieces of both Scottish and international artists, rounding off a day filled with beauty and inspiration.

• The Mound, Edinburgh EH2 2EL, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 1-2 hour
• Open from 10:00am-5:00pm

Where to Stay Tonight

Destiny scotland hanover apartments, mercure edinburgh city - princes street hotel.

• Day 2: Cultural Treasures and Panoramic Views in Edinburgh

National Museum of Scotland

Begin your second day in Edinburgh with an intellectual feast at the National Museum of Scotland. Nestled on Chambers Street, this museum is a treasure trove of Scottish antiquities, culture, and natural history. Allocate around three hours to wander through its vast collections, which span from the age of dinosaurs to the present day, ensuring a deep dive into the heart of Scotland's heritage.

• Chambers St, Edinburgh EH1 1JF, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 3 hour

Calton Hill

Next, ascend to the serene heights of Calton Hill, a mere stone's throw away from the bustling city center. This iconic landmark offers a tranquil respite and is the perfect spot to spend a couple of hours. Revel in the panoramic views of Edinburgh's skyline, capturing the essence of the city from this unique vantage point.

• Edinburgh EH7 5BN, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 2 hour
• Open 24 hours

Palace of Holyroodhouse

Conclude your day's exploration at the Palace of Holyroodhouse, the official residence of the British monarch in Scotland. Located at the end of the Royal Mile, this grand palace is steeped in royal history and political intrigue. Spend about two hours here, immersing yourself in the opulence and stories of past and present royals that echo through its halls and gardens.

• Canongate, Edinburgh EH8 8DX, United Kingdom
• Open from 11/01-03/31,Mon, Thu-Sun,9:30am-4:30pm;Closed from 09/30-03/31,Tue-Wed;Open from 04/01-05/15,Mon, Thu-Sun,9:30am-6:00pm;Closed from 04/01-05/15,Tue-Wed;Closed from 05/16-05/25;Open from 05/26-06/26,Mon, Thu-Sun,9:30am-6:00pm;Closed from 05/26-06/26,Tue-Wed;Closed from 06/27-07/05;Open from 07/06-09/30,9:30am-6:00pm;Open from 10/01-10/31,Mon, Thu-Sun,9:30am-6:00pm

Cheval Abbey Strand Apartments, at Holyrood

The park at holyrood.

• Day 3: Edinburgh's Historic Highlights

Arthur's Seat

Kick off your third day with a morning ascent to Arthur's Seat, the main peak of the group of hills in Edinburgh, offering panoramic views of the city. Allow yourself an hour to soak in the vistas from this ancient volcano and the tranquility of Holyrood Park. It's the perfect natural start before diving back into the urban charm of Edinburgh.

• Edinburgh EH15 3PY, United Kingdom

Next, meander down to the Royal Mile, the bustling, historic artery of Edinburgh's Old Town. Spend an hour exploring this characteristic neighborhood, which is a tapestry of Scottish history, vibrant culture, and lively street performances. Don't miss the chance to pop into the quaint shops and cafes that line this famous thoroughfare.

• Edinburgh EH1 1QS, United Kingdom

St Giles' Cathedral

A short stroll from the Royal Mile, allocate an hour to immerse yourself in the spiritual serenity of St Giles' Cathedral. This historic church, with its distinctive crown steeple, is a cornerstone of Scottish religious history and offers a peaceful retreat from the city's hustle and bustle. Admire the stained glass windows and intricate architecture as you reflect on the cathedral's storied past.

• High St, Edinburgh EH1 1RE, United Kingdom
• Open on Sun,1:00pm-5:00pm;Open on Mon-Fri,10:00am-6:00pm;Open on Sat,9:00am-5:00pm

Scott Monument

Conclude your day's exploration with a visit to the Scott Monument, a stunning Victorian Gothic monument dedicated to Scottish author Sir Walter Scott. A brief half-hour stay will allow you to appreciate the intricate design and perhaps climb the 287 steps for one last sweeping view of Edinburgh's skyline.

• E. Princes St Gardens, Edinburgh EH2 2EJ, United Kingdom
• Suggested tour duration: 0.5-1 hour
• Open from 10:00am-4:30pm

Old Waverley Hotel

• Day 4: Glasgow's Greenery, Academia, and Artistic Splendor

Glasgow Botanic Gardens

Begin your final day with a serene stroll through the lush landscapes of Glasgow Botanic Gardens. Nestled at 730 Great Western Rd, this verdant oasis offers a tranquil retreat from the city's bustle. As you meander along the winding paths, you'll encounter a variety of plant species, each contributing to the garden's tapestry of greenery. The Kibble Palace, a large glasshouse filled with tropical plants, is a highlight not to be missed. Immerse yourself in the natural beauty for an hour, and let the peaceful surroundings set a reflective tone for the day ahead.

• 730 Great Western Rd, Glasgow G12 0UE, United Kingdom
• Open from 10:00am-4:15pm

University of Glasgow

Next, steep yourself in the rich academic heritage of the University of Glasgow. With its imposing Gothic architecture, the university stands as a testament to Scotland's educational legacy. Spend about three hours exploring the historic quadrangles, admiring the grandeur of the buildings, and perhaps even catching a glimpse of student life. The university's atmosphere is imbued with the spirit of centuries of scholars, making it a must-visit for those who appreciate the confluence of knowledge and architectural beauty.

• Glasgow G12 8QQ, United Kingdom

Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum

Conclude your cultural journey at the Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum. Located on Argyle St, this magnificent institution is a treasure trove of art and history. Allocate two hours to wander through the vast collections, where each gallery unfolds a new narrative. From Renaissance art to Scottish history, and from natural history to modern masterpieces, Kelvingrove offers a diverse array of exhibits that will captivate your curiosity and leave you with a profound appreciation for Glasgow's artistic heritage.

• Argyle St, Glasgow G3 8AG, United Kingdom
• Open on Fri, Sun,11:00am-5:00pm;Open on Mon-Thu, Sat,10:00am-5:00pm

The Alamo Guest House

Boutique 50.

* All user reviews in this article have been translated by machine.

* The information above is subject to change at any time. For the latest information, please check the websites of hotels and attractions.

<h3>Trending Searches</h3>

Popular Content

• Taipei New Taipei City 6 Days Itinerary
• Zurich Grindelwald 4 Days Itinerary
• Guiyang 6 Days Itinerary
• Luzhou 3 Days Itinerary
• Vancouver 2 Days Itinerary
• Cesky Krumlov District 2 Days Itinerary
• Hangzhou Shaoxing 6 Days Itinerary
• Bodrum 1 Day Itinerary
• Florence Genoa 4 Days Itinerary
• Nantong Suzhou 4 Days Itinerary
• Saint Andrews 1 Day Itinerary
• Almaty 2 Days Itinerary
• Qamdo 2 Days Itinerary
• Sapporo 2 Days Itinerary
• Tobermory 1 Day Itinerary
• Yingde 2 Days Itinerary
• Anshun 1 Day Itinerary
• L'Horta de Valencia Granada 6 Days Itinerary
• Foz do Iguacu 1 Day Itinerary
• Luxury Hotels in Riyadh
• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Statement
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier

• Edinburgh Tourism
• Edinburgh Hotels
• Edinburgh Bed and Breakfast
• Edinburgh Vacation Rentals
• Flights to Edinburgh
• Edinburgh Restaurants
• Things to Do in Edinburgh
• Edinburgh Travel Forum
• Edinburgh Photos
• Edinburgh Map
• All Edinburgh Hotels
• Edinburgh Hotel Deals
• Last Minute Hotels in Edinburgh
• Things to Do
• Restaurants
• Vacation Rentals
• Travel Stories
• Rental Cars
• Add a Place
• Travel Forum
• Travelers' Choice
• Help Center

Edinburgh and Inverness - Edinburgh Forum

• Europe    
• United Kingdom (UK)    
• Scotland    
• Edinburgh    

Edinburgh and Inverness

• United States Forums
• Europe Forums
• Canada Forums
• Asia Forums
• Central America Forums
• Africa Forums
• Caribbean Forums
• Mexico Forums
• South Pacific Forums
• South America Forums
• Middle East Forums
• Honeymoons and Romance
• Business Travel
• Train Travel
• Traveling With Disabilities
• Tripadvisor Support
• Solo Travel
• Bargain Travel
• Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
• Scotland forums
• Edinburgh forum

23 replies to this topic

Will you be relying on public transport?

https://www.dayoutwiththekids.co.uk/things-to-do/north-scotland/the-highlands/aviemore

Thinking about activities for your family you may wish to consider a few days in the Aviemore area which has lots for the children to do.

And ask Google for the Visit Nairn website as it has a long sandy beach and may be good for a seaside break for a few days.

Are the accommodation bookings set in stone, or can we make other suggestions for where to spend some of the nights?

Hi Charlie, was thinking of booking tour buses.. not too keen on driving

Haven't booked anything yet..so it's flexible

Planning to book after the concert

Ok, so the fact you aren't driving makes a massive difference - I was going to say if you like nature and small villages then why are you staying in cities for the whole 10 days, but if you are relying on tours you don't really have much of a choice I think.

The choice then is whether you are going to do day trip tours or a multi-day tour. I think there's some sense in the the multi-day if you are willing? You can then see areas that aren't really feasible on day trips and also stay in smaller locations.

https://bustimes.org/services/30-aviemore-cairngorm-car-park

On this bus trip you can access Cairngorm Reindeer Centre (for their reindeer hill walk - book in advance), the pretty Loch Morlich for renting canoes etc and the walk to An Lochan Uaine, the Cairngorm Mountain car park for tubing (book in advance, but its fun) and walks, Rothiemurchus which has various activities: https://rothiemurchus.net/.

For nature in Inverness you could go by bus to Chanonry Point to see if the dolphins are jumping?

Inverness is a very modern City that people use as a base to see the famous sights. It is not your idea of a a little town, with streams and quaint cafes.

https://www.pitlochry.org/

Also just down the road is Killiecrankie where you can see the famous bridge (look it up). My son and daughter in law when bungee jumping there. https://www.eatatkilliecrankie.co.uk/

Go up to the Queens View, where Queen Victoria used to visit, fabulous views up there and they have a cafe and a shop.

https://pitlochry-scotland.co.uk/pitlochry/things-to-do/queens-view/

I think Pitlochry is really what you are looking for.

I have no personal experience of this company https://www.rabbies.com/en but it is often recommended. With 4 people the costs of guided day tours will soon add up. Rabbies will average around £250 for 4 people.

• Daytrip to Glasgow 1:41 pm
• Airport Transport 1:39 pm
• Cruise Port stop in Edinburgh 1:34 pm
• public transport pass question 12:48 pm
• Leaving Edinburgh late.. when to get rental car? 11:00 am
• Group of 8 trip in July- private transport 9:37 am
• Edinburgh and Inverness 6:19 am
• Family trip to Scotland and England today
• Coming to Fringe Festival at the Gilded Balloon Patter House yesterday
• Fringe Festival Alternatives Apr 21, 2024
• LNER group ticket Apr 21, 2024
• Souvenir shops on the Royal Mile Apr 21, 2024
• New Town walking route and a taxi to Hopetoun Apr 21, 2024
• Where to get train from Edinburgh to Glasgow Apr 21, 2024
• Train/Ferry combo to Scotland from Dublin 12 replies
• Afternoon tea in EDINBURGH 14 replies
• Approximate cost of taxi fare fom airport to City Center? 4 replies
• Military Tattoo 2013. 71 replies
• Recommended Day Trips from Edinburgh 18 replies
• Edinburgh Airport to Glasgow Buchanan station. 22 replies
• Military Tattoo 2012? 31 replies
• 1 day in Edinburgh, maybe 2, what to do? 21 replies
• Should I visit Edinburgh Or Glasgow? 30 replies
• Recommendations for 4 days in Scotland 25 replies

Edinburgh Hotels and Places to Stay

• Warning!! Read this before you hire a car
• What hotels are at Edinburgh Airport
• How to get from Edinburgh Airport to Glasgow
• Where to eat gluten-free food in Edinburgh

Small Group Tour of Scotland: A Perfect 7-Day Itinerary 2024

This tour of Scotland is an activity level 4. Click here for terms, conditions, and cancelation policies.

*Subject to change. Updated January 9, 2024.

October 21, Monday Day 1:

Welcome to Edinburgh and the start of your Small Group Tour of Scotland! I’ll pick you up at the airport and take you to our hotel. Your room will be ready when you get there if you wanna take a nap or freshen up. The rest of the day is all yours.

Meet in the hotel lobby to walk over to The Devil’s Advocate for our Welcome Dinner! Dinner and a drink are on me!

October 22, Tuesday Day 2:

After breakfast (which is included all week), we’ll be heading to the Royal Mile.

Starting at the top, we’ll spend our morning at Edinburgh Castle . Everyone will get an audio guide and I will set you all free to tour at your own speed. We’ll meet back up for Afternoon Tea (included) in the castle restaurant.

Heading down the hill to the bottom of the Royal Mile, next up is Holyrood House Palace. Everyone will have an audio guide again to take in the Palace at their own speed.

The rest of the day is free for your own plans. Personalized suggestions can be made for what to do with your time.

October 23, Wednesday Day 3:

An optional early morning hike to the top of Arthur’s Seat for sunrise is available for anyone interested. We’ll meet up in the lobby later to head out for sightseeing and an Instagram-worthy photo tour of Edinburgh.

Lunch is at your own expense but I can make several suggestions. The evening will be at your leisure.

Add on Excursion: Consider adding on an exceptional evening at The Scotch Whisky Experience. We’ll be heading over to the Scotch Whisky Experience for a whisky pairing dinner after taking their tour of how whisky is made. This will be a very fun night!

October 24, Thursday Day 4:

We’ll be heading out early for a full day on a private tour with Rabbie’s (my favorite tour company…ever).

From their website:

“You leave the cobbled streets of Edinburgh and travel past Linlithgow Palace and Stirling Castle.

This region is soaked in history, so sit back and relax as your driver-guide entertains you with the tales of Mary Queen of Scots, William Wallace, and Scottish folklore.

If you keep a lookout, you can catch a glimpse of the Kelpies. These 30-metre tall horse head sculptures need to be seen to be believed.

Your driver-guide takes you to their favourite stop within the Loch Lomond and Trossachs National Park where you can grab coffee and enjoy the views.

After this stop, it’s time to get your camera ready. Because as you travel north into the Highlands, the landscapes suddenly become more provocative.

Shimmering lochs, rugged mountains, forest filled glens: it’s all so beautiful that it’s easy to forget these were once battlegrounds for fiercely territorial Highland clans.

You stop in Glencoe, one of the most famous natural landmarks in all of Scotland. This beautiful area boasts steep slopes and photogenic peaks. Your driver-guide may reveal to you the tragic tale that’s haunted this valley for over 300 years.

You then enter the glacial valley known as the Great Glen and pass under the shadow of Ben Nevis, Britain’s tallest mountain.

After this visual feast of mighty inclines, you arrive in Fort Augustus on the banks of Loch Ness. At 23 miles long and over 700ft deep, Loch Ness is the largest loch by volume in Scotland.

You have around one hour and a half here. You can search for the infamous monster on a relaxing boat cruise,* wander around the shores of the loch at your own pace, and grab a bite to eat.

Meals will be at your own expense at various stops throughout the day.

October 25, Friday Day 5:

Another fabulous day out on a private tour with Rabbie’s…this time we will focus on Outlander filming locations. Rest assured though, if you aren’t an Outlander fan…you’re still going to LOVE this tour. I’ve never seen an episode of the show but I’ve been on this tour three times and its incredible!!

“You leave Edinburgh and begin following the trail of film locations featured in the Outlander TV Series. First, we travel to the place that needs no introduction: Midhope Castle, known as Jamie’s lovely home Lallybroch.

We then journey through the charming countryside to Blackness Castle. It’s an impressive fortress that’s known as the ‘ship that never sailed’ because it resembles a giant stone boat. You have time to walk along the ramparts and explore the fictional headquarters of Jack Randall.

The next stop is Linlithgow Palace, otherwise known as Wentworth Prison.

Unfortunately, the palace is undergoing some refurbishment and you can’t explore the interior. But you’re still able to admire the structure and enjoy the surrounding settings.

Heading north, we journey past Stirling Castle and the Wallace Monument to Doune Castle, or as it’s called in Outlander, Castle Leoch. This formidable building represents home to Colum Mackenzie and his clan in the 18th-century episodes.

Travel back in time once more as your driver guide takes you to Culross. This virtually unchanged 16th-century village overlooks the sea and poses as the fictional town of Cranesmuir.

From there, we head back to Edinburgh, where we arrive in the late afternoon.”

Lunch will be at your own expense at various stops throughout the day.

After our day trip, we’ll go to the Old Chain Pier Restaurant for our Farewell Dinner, where we can exchange stories and pictures from our epic stay in Edinburgh! Dinner and a drink are included with my gratitude to you for letting me show you one of my favorite cities in the world.

October 26, Saturday Day 6:

This morning, we’ll be packing up and heading out of Edinburgh. We’ll be making our way to Waverley Station to start our journey north. We’ll then settle in on the train for a four hour long journey watching the gorgeous countryside go by as we head into the Highlands.

Upon arrival, we’ll drop our luggage off at the hotel and I’ll take you on a walking tour of Inverness before giving you the rest of the evening with plenty of recommendations for dinner and things to do.

October 27, Sunday Day 7:

Today, we’ll be going over the sea to Skye (sorry I couldn’t help myself with another epic tour with Rabbies.)

“After an early start, you leave the city and travel along the Great Glen Fault Line toward Loch Ness. You’ll continue through dramatic Highland scenery to the west coast and Eilean Donan Castle.

The moment you’ve been waiting for, because it’s over the sea and onto the Isle of Skye. You travel up the island’s east coast through the stunning Red Cuillin Mountains to Sligachan, where you stop for a photo of the clear mountain waters.

You’ll explore some of the most famous scenery of the island at the Trotternish

Peninsula. The Old Man of Storr, Kilt Rock, and the Quiraing are all unforgettably beautiful.

You venture to Kyleakin for a chance to view the dramatic ruin of Castle Moil or the Skye Bridge and Eilean Ban. Traveling over the bridge, you journey back to Inverness. The route you take back is different from the morning, so you get even more opportunities to enjoy the Highland scenery.

This will be a long but PHENOMENAL day. Meals will be at your own expense at various stops throughout the day.

October 28, Monday Day 8:

Sadly, we will all go our separate ways today (unless you’re coming with me to Ireland ! ) but I can point you in the right direction if you’re going to the airport or back to the train station to go back to Edinburgh and beyond.

Slàinte Mhath (cheers) and safe travels as you head home! Until we meet again!

Included in your small group tour of Scotland

• Airport transfers
• Seven nights in a Premier Inn
• 7 hot breakfasts at the hotel
• 1 entree, a side, and one alcoholic beverage or dessert
• Sharing platters for the table at both restaurants
• 1 afternoon tea
• Edinburgh Castle
• Holyroodhouse Palace
• Any entry tickets needed on day trips
• Loch Ness and Glencoe
• Outlander Filming Locations
• Isle of Skye
• Walking photo tour of Edinburgh
• Walking tour of Inverness
• Hike up to the top of Arthur’s Seat for Sunrise
• Cab back to the hotel after Farewell dinner
• One guide who is a text away if you need her (that’s me!)
• Brighter Things Amenity Kit mailed to you before the trip to make your flight more comfortable
• For example: flying internationally if this is your first time.
• A swag bag waiting for you in your hotel room full of fun stuff.

NOT Included in your small group tour of Scotland:

• Public transportation or cabs used during free time Meals not included:
• Any meal not listed above
• Meals and snacks during day trips
• Meals and snacks purchased at M&S for the train ride
• Entry tickets to places suggested for free time
• Train ticket back to Edinburgh if you choose round trip flights instead of multi-city.

*Subject to change. Updated January 9, 2024

This tour is an activity level 4. Click here for terms, conditions, and cancelation policies.